Download
Share
Print this page
Subaru LEGACY 2006 Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Subaru Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. 2006 Legacy
  6. Manual

Subaru LEGACY 2006 Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for LEGACY 2006:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Owner's Manual
asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分
IDENTIFICATION
1. Identification
A: IDENTIFICATION
1. IDENTIFICATION NUMBER & LABEL LOCATIONS
The V.I.N. (Vehicle Identification Numbers) is used to classify the vehicle.
• POSITIONING OF THE PLATE LABEL FOR IDENTIFICATION
(2)
(1)
Emission control label
(2)
Vehicle identification number
(V.I.N.)
• ENGINE
(2)
(1) Engine serial number (Punch mark)
(2) Engine type (Crankcase upper side)
Identification
(1)
(3)
(3)
Model number plate
(Applied models before 30th
August, 2005)
(4)
Tire inflation pressure label (Driver
side)
• AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(1)
ID-00059
(1) AT type label
(2) Transmission serial number label
ID-2
(4)
(5)
(6)
(2)
ID-00156
(5)
Emission control label FMVSS
label (U.S. model)
CMVSS label (Canada model)
(6)
Model number label
(Applied models after 31th
August, 2005)
(Driver's side)
(2)
(1)
ID-00135

Advertisement

loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the LEGACY 2006 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Subaru LEGACY 2006

Summary of Contents for Subaru LEGACY 2006

  • Page 1 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Identification IDENTIFICATION 1. Identification A: IDENTIFICATION 1. IDENTIFICATION NUMBER & LABEL LOCATIONS The V.I.N. (Vehicle Identification Numbers) is used to classify the vehicle. • POSITIONING OF THE PLATE LABEL FOR IDENTIFICATION ID-00156 Emission control label Model number plate Emission control label FMVSS (Applied models before 30th label (U.S.
  • Page 2 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Identification IDENTIFICATION • MANUAL TRANSMISSION VA1-TYPE DI-00396 ID-00136 (1) Transmission serial No. (1) Type (label) (2) MT type label VA2-TYPE • REAR DIFFERENTIAL T-TYPE DI-00397 (1) Type (label) ID-00056 (1) Type (white paint) • Model number plate (Applied models before 30th August, 2005) ID-00139 ID-3...
  • Page 3 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Identification IDENTIFICATION • Model number label (Applied models after 31th August, 2005) ID-00158 2. MEANING OF V.I.N. The meaning of the V.I.N. is as follows: ]4S3BL616X66200001[ The starting and ending brackets ( ] [ ) are stop marks. Digits Code Meaning...
  • Page 4 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Identification IDENTIFICATION 3. MODEL NUMBER PLATE The model number plate indicates the type, V.I.N. <Ref. to ID-4, MEANING OF V.I.N., IDENTIFICATION, Identification.>, applied model, option code, trim code, engine type, transmission type and the exterior color code.
  • Page 5 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Identification IDENTIFICATION • Transmission TY757VCACA Digits Code Meaning Details Transmission T: Transmission Transmission type Y: Full-time AWD MT center differential B: Full-time AWD AT center differential Z: Full-time AWD AT MPT 3 and 4 Identification 75: 5MT 1B: 4AT 5C: 5AT Series...
  • Page 6 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 RECOMMENDED MATERIALS Page Recommended Materials ................2...
  • Page 7 (A) 80 mm (3.1 in) or more Use genuine parts for maximum performance and (B) 100 — 150 mm (3.94 — 5.91 in) maintenance when conducting repairs. Subaru/FHI (C) 120 — 190 mm (4.72 — 7.48 in) will not be responsible for poor performance result- ing from the use of parts except for genuine parts.
  • Page 8 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE • Do not use the plate lift whose attachment does not reach the supporting locations. NT-00086 Supporting locations Swing arm lift Plate lift Pantograph jack Rigid rack Attachment NT-3...
  • Page 9 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE NT-00072 Front Rear Front crossmember Rear differential NT-4...
  • Page 10 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE 8. TIE-DOWNS Tie-downs are used when transporting vehicles and when using the chassis dynamo. Attach tie-down only to the specified locations on the vehicle. • Tie-down location CAUTION: Use the T-hook for rear tie-down. Do not use the hook other than T-hook, otherwise it can be removed when transporting vehicles NT-00149 Hook for tie-down...
  • Page 11 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE • CHAIN PULLING RANGE AT TIE-DOWN CON- • VEHICLE SINKING VOLUME AT TIE-DOWN DITION CONDITION Measure the distance between the highest tire point and highest arch point before and after tie- down. Difference of measured values (sinking vol- ume) should be within 50 mm (1.97 in) and make sure to fix the vehicle securely.
  • Page 12 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE 9. TOWING Avoid towing vehicles except when the vehicle cannot be driven. For models with AWD, AT or VTD, use a loader instead of towing. When towing other vehicles, pay attention to the following to prevent hook or vehicle damage resulting from excessive weight.
  • Page 13 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE • NOTES Towing Precautions Lifting up four wheels (On a trailer) Towing the vehicle after lifting up all four wheels is a basic rule for AWD model. NT-00023 Rope • Check if both front and rear wheels are rotated nor- mally.
  • Page 14 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE CAUTION: • Check ATF, gear oil and rear differential oil before driving. • Place the shift lever in “N” position during towing. • Do not lift up the rear wheels to avoid unsteady rotation. •...
  • Page 15 Fix the vehicle using a pulling metal (chain or Subaru Select Monitor can be used to diagnose the wire) to the front and rear towing hooks or tie- engine, ABS, air conditioner and other parts.
  • Page 16 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE 14.BRAKE TEST (2) When the brake dragging force is large. • Check the dragging of brake pad or brake shoe. 1) Full-time AWD MT model Specifications: (1) Perform this test after driving the vehicle 2 to 3 km (1.24 to 1.86 miles) on road in order to sta- Braking force bilize the viscous torque of viscous coupling.
  • Page 17 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Note NOTE NT-12...
  • Page 18 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 IDENTIFICATION Page Identification ....................2...
  • Page 19 Foreword FOREWORD 1. Foreword A: FOREWORD These manuals are used when performing mainte- nance, repair or diagnosis of Subaru LEGACY. Applicable model: 2006MY BL*****, BP***** The manuals contain the latest information at the time of publication. Changes in the specifications, methods, etc.
  • Page 20 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS Page How to Use This Manuals ................2...
  • Page 21 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Precaution PRECAUTION 1. Precaution 7. AIRBAG AND SEAT BELT PRETEN- SIONER DISPOSAL A: CAUTION To prevent bodily injury from unexpected airbag Please clearly understand and adhere to the follow- deployment, do not dispose the airbag modules ing general precautions.
  • Page 22 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Precaution PRECAUTION 14.ENGINE COOLANT 2. Hose Removal/Installation Procedures and Inspection When handling engine coolant, adhere to the fol- • Remove hoses according to the following in- lowing to prevent from unexpected accident. structions. • Never remove the radiator cap because of the •...
  • Page 23 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Precaution PRECAUTION • Inspect the following points in continuous use, and replace any hoses that are damaged or defective with new parts. • Replace any hoses that are riding over the stay or spool with new parts. PC-00070 (1) Contacting the spool.
  • Page 24 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 NOTE Page Note ......................2...

  • Page 25: Sedan Model

    asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS 2. OUTBACK A: DIMENSION 1. SEDAN MODEL Model 3.0 L DOHC Overall length mm (in) 4,730 (186.2) Overall width mm (in) 1,770 (69.7) Overall height (at C.W.) mm (in) 1,515 (59.6) Length mm (in) 1,900 (74.8) Width mm (in)
  • Page 26 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS C: ELECTRICAL Model 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo 3.0 L DOHC MT: 10° MT: 12° Ignition timing (at idling) BTDC 15° AT: 15° AT: 17° Spark plug Type and manufacturer NGK: FR5AP-11 NGK: ILFR6B NGK: ILFR6B Generator...
  • Page 27 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS D: TRANSMISSION Model 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo 3.0 L DOHC Transmission type Clutch type DSPD DSPD 3.454 2.785 3.166 3.540 3.540 2.062 1.545 1.882 2.264 2.264 1.448 1.000 1.296 1.471 1.471 Gear ratio 1.088 0.694...
  • Page 28 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS I: CAPACITY 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo 3.0 L DOHC Model Fuel tank 2 (US gal, Imp gal) 64 (16.9, 14.1) Total capacity 2 (US qt, Imp qt) 4.8 (5.2, 4.3) 5.0 (5.3, 4.4) 7.0 (7.4, 6.2) (Overhaul) Engine...
  • Page 29 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS J: WEIGHT 1. US MODEL Sedan Wagon 3.0 L 2.5 L SOHC DOHC Model 3.0 R 2.5 i 2.5 i Limited Front kg (lb) (2,005) (1,775) (1,820) (1,795) (1,800) (1,840) (1,845) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.) (1,540)
  • Page 30 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS 2. CANADA MODEL Sedan Wagon 3.0 L 2.5 L SOHC DOHC Model 3.0 R 2.5 i 2.5 i Limited Front kg (lb) (2,005) (1,775) (1,820) (1,795) (1,800) (1,840) (1,845) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.) (1,540) (1,545)
  • Page 31 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS 3. OPTION Option Front kg (lb) Rear kg (lb) Total kg (lb) Vehicle Dynamics Control 6.4 (14.1) 0.2 (0.4) 6.6 (14.5) Audio 1.8 (4.0) 0.7 (1.5) 2.5 (5.5) Power package 1.8 (4.0) 3.1 (6.8) 4.9 (10.8) Side airbag 1.9 (4.2)
  • Page 32 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 OUTBACK SPECIFICATIONS SPC-16...
  • Page 33 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 PRECAUTION Page Precaution ....................2...
  • Page 34 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Recommended Materials RECOMMENDED MATERIALS 1. Recommended Materials A: RECOMMENDED MATERIALS 1. GENERAL To insure the best performance, always use the specified oil, gasoline, adhesive, sealant, etc. or a substitute of equivalent quality. 2. FUEL Always use gasoline of the same or higher octane value than specified in the owner’s manual. Ignoring the specifications below will result in damage or poor performance of engine and fuel injection system.
  • Page 35 Be sure to use the recommended or equivalent ATF for 5AT. Using material except recommended one or substitute would cause trouble. Fluid Recommended materials Alternative Remarks Automatic transmission fluid IDEMITSU: Apolloil ATF HP Subaru ATF Type-HP — Castrol: Transmax J Power steering fluid DEXRON III — — Brake fluid FMVSS No.
  • Page 36 Cooling system conditioner SOA345001 None agent 6. REFRIGERANT Standard air conditioners on Subaru vehicles use HFC134a refrigerant. Do not mix it with other refrigerants. Also, do not use any compressor oil other than DENSO OIL 8. Air conditioner Recommended materials Item number...
  • Page 37 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Recommended Materials RECOMMENDED MATERIALS 8. ADHESIVE Use the adhesives shown in the table below, or equivalent. Adhesive Application point Recommended materials Item number Alternative Adhesive Windshield, rear window glass, Dow Automotive’s Adhesive: rear quarter glass, rear gate and ESSEX U-400HV or equivalent body Glass primer: U-401 and No.
  • Page 38 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Recommended Materials RECOMMENDED MATERIALS RM-6...
  • Page 39 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION Page Pre-delivery Inspection ................2...

  • Page 40: General Description

    • Check the vehicle after repair is in normal condition. • Make sure to provide a complete vehicle to customer. For above reasons, all SUBARU dealers (dealerships) must carry out the PDIs before delivery of vehicle. Refer to this manual unless otherwise specified.

  • Page 41: Engine Oil

    asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION B: PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION (PDI) PROCEDURE STATIC CHECKS JUST AFTER VEHICLE RECEIPT PROCEDURE Check point 1. Appearance check 1. If the vehicle is covered with protective coating, visually check the vehicle body for damage and dents. If the protective coating has been removed, visually check the body painted area for damage or stains in detail.
  • Page 42 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION PROCEDURE Check point 24. Seat 1. Check the seat surfaces for stains or dirt. 2. Check the seat installation conditions and functionality. 3. Check that the occupant detection system for passenger’s seat operates normally.
  • Page 43 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 1. APPEARANCE CHECK 5. CHECK THE DOORS FOR LOCK/UN- LOCK AND OPEN/CLOSE OPERATIONS • If the vehicle is covered with protective coating, visually check the vehicle body for damage and 1) Using the key, lock and unlock the door several dents.
  • Page 44 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 4) Press the driver’s side power door lock switch to 4) Pull the outer handles to ensure that doors will open. unlock side. Check that all doors including rear gate are unlocked. 7.
  • Page 45 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 9. CHECK THE REAR GATE FOR LOCK/ 11.ACCESSORY CHECK UNLOCK AND OPEN/CLOSE OPERATIONS Check that the following accessories are provided. • Owner’s manual 1) Open and close the rear gate several times for smooth movement.
  • Page 46 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 14.BRAKE FLUID Operate the lever (B) and check that the front hood is opened normally. Support the front hood with Check that the brake fluid level is normal. If the hood stay. amount is insufficient, carry out a brake line test to identify brake fluid leaks and check the brake oper- ation.
  • Page 47 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 17.AT FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL • 3.0 L model Check that the AT front differential oil level is nor- mal. If the amount of oil is insufficient, check that no leaks are found. Then, add the necessary amount of the specified AT front differential oil.
  • Page 48 Then, add the necessary amount of When the settings are different from the initial set- specified fluid. tings, use Subaru Select Monitor to check the de- tails of each setting for inspections. <Ref. to LAN(diag)-27, OPERATION, Read Current Data.>...
  • Page 49 When the settings are different from the initial set- once and that the hazard light blinks three times. tings, use Subaru Select Monitor to check the de- 8) Move the power door lock switch to the lock po- tails of each setting for inspections. <Ref. to...
  • Page 50 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 4) Press the “UNLOCK” button momentarily on the (2) Check that the ON and OFF of passenger’s keyless transmitter. When the door of the driver’s airbag indicator light come on simultaneously seat is unlocked, the buzzer sounds twice, the haz- for about 6 seconds and go off for 2 seconds, ard light flashes twice, the room light turns on and and then only OFF comes on again.
  • Page 51 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 26.TEST MODE CONNECTOR 33.NAVIGATION SYSTEM Turn the ignition switch to ON and check that the 1) Check all display functions for normal operation. malfunction indicator light starts blinking. If the light 2) Check the map disc (DVD) are provided on vehi- blinks, return the ignition key to LOCK.
  • Page 52 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 38.WINDOW WASHER 44.PARKING BRAKE Check that the window washer system injects Check the parking brake for normal operations. washer fluid to the specified area of the windshield When pulling the parking brake lever with force of shown in the figure.
  • Page 53 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 49.ATF LEVEL 50.POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL After selecting all positions (P, R, N, D), set the se- Check that the power steering fluid level is normal. lect lever in “P” range. Idle the engine for 1-2 min- If the amount is insufficient, check that no leaks are utes, and measure the ATF level.
  • Page 54 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pre-delivery Inspection PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION 53.APPEARANCE CHECK 2 6) Peel the protective tape, vinyl wrapping and identification seal attached to the following places. 1) When vehicle body is covered with protective • Seats film, peel it off. •...

  • Page 55: Table Of Contents

    asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES Page General Description ...................2 Schedule ....................3 Engine Oil ....................9 Engine Oil Filter ..................11 Spark Plug ....................13 V-belt ......................14 Timing Belt ....................17 Fuel Line ....................20 Air Cleaner Element .................21 Cooling System ..................22 Engine Coolant ..................24 Clutch System ..................26 Transmission Gear Oil ................27 Automatic Transmission Fluid ..............28...
  • Page 56 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS 1. LEGACY A: DIMENSION 1. SEDAN MODEL Model 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Overall length mm (in) 4,730 (186.2) Overall width mm (in) 1,730 (68.1) Overall height (at C.W.) mm (in) 1,425 (56.1), 1,435 (56.5) Length mm (in) 1,900 (74.8)
  • Page 57 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS C: ELECTRICAL Model 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo MT: 12° Ignition timing (at idling) BTDC 13° AT: 17° Spark plug Type and manufacturer NGK: FR5AP-11 NGK: ILFR6B Generator 12V — 110A 12V — 48AH (55D23L) Type and capacity Battery (5HR)
  • Page 58 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS G: BRAKE Model 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Service brake system Dual circuit hydraulic with vacuum suspended power unit Front Ventilated disc brake Rear Disc brake Ventilated disc brake Parking brake Mechanical on rear brakes H: TIRE Model 2.5 L SOHC...
  • Page 59 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS J: WEIGHT 1. US MODEL Sedan 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Model 2.5 i 2.5 i Limited 2.5 GT Front kg (lb) (1,785) (1,830) (1,810) (1,815) (1,855) (1,860) (1,830) (1,895) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.)
  • Page 60 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS Wagon 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Model 2.5 i Limited 2.5 GT 2.5 GT Limited Front kg (lb) (1,855) (1,860) (1,830) (1,895) (1,860) (1,860) (1,925) (1,925) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.) (1,565) (1,565) (1,525)
  • Page 61 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS 2. CANADA MODEL Sedan 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Model 2.5 i 2.5 i Limited 2.5 GT Front kg (lb) (1,785) (1,830) (1,810) (1,815) (1,855) (1,860) (1,830) (1,895) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.) (1,465) (1,465)
  • Page 62 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS Wagon 2.5 L SOHC 2.5 L DOHC turbo Model 2.5 i Limited 2.5 GT 2.5 GT Limited Front kg (lb) (1,855) (1,860) (1,830) (1,895) (1,860) (1,860) (1,925) (1,925) Curb weight Rear kg (lb) (C.W.) (1,565) (1,565) (1,525)
  • Page 63 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 How to Use This Manuals HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS 1. How to Use This Manuals A: HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS 1. STRUCTURE Each section consists of SCT that are broken down into SC that are divided into sections for each com- ponent.
  • Page 64 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 How to Use This Manuals HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS 3. COMPONENT Illustrations are provided for each component. The information necessary for repair work (tightening torque, grease up points, etc.) is described on these illustrations. Information is described using symbol. To order parts, refer to parts catalogue.
  • Page 65 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 How to Use This Manuals HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS 4. SPECIFICATION If necessary, specifications are also included. 5. INSPECTION Inspections to be carried out before and after maintenance are included. 6. MAINTENANCE • Maintenance instructions for serviceable parts describe work area and detailed step with illustration. It also describes the use of special tool, tightening torque, caution for each procedure.
  • Page 66 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 How to Use This Manuals HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS 7. DIAGNOSIS Tables showing a step-by-step process make it easy to conduct diagnosis. 8. SI UNITS Measurements in these manuals are according to the SI units. Metric and yard/pound measurements are also included.
  • Page 67 : Engine Control Module SOHC : Single Overhead Camshaft : Exhaust Gas Recirculation : Supplemental Restraint System : Emergency Locking Retractor : Subaru Select Monitor : Exhaust : Special Tool : Fuse & Joint Box : Switch : Fusible Link...
  • Page 68 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 SPECIFICATIONS Page LEGACY .....................2 OUTBACK ....................9...
  • Page 69 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor COOLING 8. Radiator Main Fan and Fan B: INSTALLATION Motor Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: A: REMOVAL If the installation of the radiator main fan motor as- 1) Set the vehicle on a lift.
  • Page 70 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor COOLING D: ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Tightening torque: 5 N·m (0.5 kgf-m, 3.6 ft-lb) CO-00098 Tightening torque: 3.4 N·m (0.35 kgf-m, 2.5 ft-lb) CO-00102 CO(H4SO)-24...
  • Page 71 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor COOLING 9. Radiator Sub Fan and Fan B: INSTALLATION Motor Install in the reverse order of removal. Tightening torque: A: REMOVAL 7.5 N·m (0.76 kgf-m, 5.5 ft-lb) 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Disconnect the ground cable from battery.
  • Page 72 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor COOLING D: ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Tightening torque: 5 N·m (0.5 kgf-m, 3.6 ft-lb) CO-00098 Tightening torque: 3.4 N·m (0.35 kgf-m, 2.5 ft-lb) CO-00097 CO(H4SO)-26...
  • Page 73 asieps_tobira.book 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Reservoir Tank COOLING 10.Reservoir Tank A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the over flow hose. 2) Push in the hook (A), and pull the reserve tank in the direction of the arrow to remove. CO-00279 B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. C: INSPECTION Make sure the engine coolant level is between “FULL”...
  • Page 74 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Cooling system Electric fan + Forced engine coolant circulation system MT: approx. 6.4 (6.8, 5.6) Total engine coolant capacity 2 (US qt, Imp qt) AT: Approx. 6.3 (6.7, 5.5) Type Centrifugal impeller type Discharge...
  • Page 75 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING Engine coolant temperature Increase: 95°C Increase: 96 — 99°C Increase: 100°C A/C compressor (203°F) or less (205 — 210°F) (212°F) or more Vehicle speed load Decrease: 92°C Decrease: 93 — 94°C Decrease: 95°C (198°F) or less (199 —...
  • Page 76 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING B: COMPONENT 1. WATER PUMP CO-00265 Water pump ASSY Thermostat Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) T1: First 12 (1.2, 8.9) Gasket Gasket Heater by-pass hose Thermostat cover Second 12 (1.2, 8.9) T2: 12 (1.2, 8.9) CO(H4SO)-4...
  • Page 77 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING 2. RADIATOR & RADIATOR FAN (10) (11) (24) (12) (14) (16) (13) (15) (20) (22) (14) (17) (21) (14) (14) (23) (18) (19) CO-02111 Radiator lower cushion (12) Radiator main fan shroud (21) Radiator drain plug Radiator (13)
  • Page 78 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING C: CAUTION • Wear appropriate work clothing, including a cap, protective goggles and protective shoes when per- forming any work. • Remove contamination including dirt and corro- sion before removal, installation or disassembly. •...
  • Page 79 asieps_tobira.book 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Cooling System Trouble in General COOLING 11.Engine Cooling System Trouble in General A: INSPECTION Trouble Possible cause Corrective action Replenish engine coolant, inspect for leakage, and a. Insufficient engine coolant repair it if necessary. b. Loose timing belt Repair or replace timing belt tensioner.
  • Page 80 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LUBRICATION LU(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Oil Pressure System ..................6 Engine Oil ....................8 Oil Pump ....................10 Oil Pan and Strainer .................15 Oil Pressure Switch ..................18 Engine Oil Filter ..................19 Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General ........20...
  • Page 81 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Water Pump COOLING 4. Water Pump 8) Remove the belt cover (LH) No. 2. A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the radiator. <Ref. to CO(H4SO)-19, REMOVAL, Radiator.> 2) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, REMOVAL, V-belt.> 3) Remove the crank pulley. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 38, REMOVAL, Crank Pulley.>...
  • Page 82 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Water Pump COOLING B: INSTALLATION 5) Install the cam sprocket (LH) using ST. ST 18231AA010 CAM SPROCKET WRENCH 1) Install the water pump onto cylinder block (LH). NOTE: NOTE: CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH (499207100) • Use a new gasket. can also be used.
  • Page 83 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Water Pump COOLING C: INSPECTION 1) Check the water pump bearing for smooth rota- tion. 2) Check the water pump pulley for abnormalities. 3) Make sure the impeller is not deformed or dam- aged. 4) Inspect the clearance between impeller and pump case.
  • Page 84 asieps_tobira.book 22 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Cap COOLING 7. Radiator Cap A: INSPECTION 1) Attach the radiator cap to tester. CO-00044 2) Increase pressure until the tester gauge pointer stops. Radiator cap is functioning properly if it holds the service limit pressure for 5 — 6 seconds. Specified pressure: 93 —...
  • Page 85 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator COOLING 6. Radiator 8) Disconnect the radiator outlet hose from thermo- stat cover. A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. CO-00270 9) Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses from ATF pipes.
  • Page 86 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator COOLING 15) Disconnect the radiator inlet hoses from the en- 3) Install the radiator upper brackets and tighten gine. the bolts. Tightening torque: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.9 ft-lb) CO-00277 16) Remove the radiator upper brackets. CO-00278 4) Connect the radiator inlet hose.
  • Page 87 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator COOLING 10) Connect the ATF cooler hoses. (AT model) 16) Connect the battery ground cable to the bat- tery. CO-00253 IN-00203 11) Connect the radiator outlet hose. 17) Fill engine coolant. <Ref. to CO(H4SO)-12, FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT, REPLACE- MENT, Engine Coolant.>...
  • Page 88 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Thermostat COOLING 5. Thermostat B: INSTALLATION 1) Install a gasket to thermostat, and install the A: REMOVAL thermostat and gasket to water pump as a unit. 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. Then, install the thermostat cover. 2) Lift-up the vehicle.
  • Page 89 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Thermostat COOLING C: INSPECTION Replace the thermostat if the valve does not close completely at an ambient temperature or if the fol- lowing test shows unsatisfactory results. • Inspection method Immerse the thermostat and a thermometer in wa- ter.
  • Page 90 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Fan System COOLING 2. Radiator Fan System A: WIRING DIAGRAM BATTERY MAIN SBF SBF-6 No.3 IGNITION SWITCH No.4 No.26 MAIN FUSE No.22 BOX (M/B) MAIN FAN RELAY 1 B143 THROUGH JOINT CONNECTOR F109 B360 MAIN FAN SUB FAN A/C RELAY HOLDER RELAY 2...
  • Page 91 1) Connect the test mode connector. sub fans rotate at low speed? 2) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 3) Using the Subaru Select Monitor, check the forced operation of the radiator fan relay. NOTE: • When performing a forced operation radiator...
  • Page 92 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Fan System COOLING Step Check CHECK FUSE. Is the fuse blown out? Replace the fuse. Repair the power 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. supply line. 2) Remove the fuse No. 22. 3) Check the condition of fuse. SUB FAN RELAY INSPECTION.
  • Page 93 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Fan System COOLING Step Check CHECK MAIN FAN MOTOR AND GROUND Is the resistance less than 5 Go to step 16. Repair the open Ω? CIRCUIT. circuit of the har- Measure the resistance between main fan ness between motor connector and chassis ground.
  • Page 94 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Radiator Fan System COOLING Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MAIN FAN Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 25. Repair the open Ω? RELAY 2 AND ECM. circuit of the har- Measure the resistance between main fan ness between relay 2 terminal and ECM connector.
  • Page 95 “LO” and start the SUBARU engine, which has an aluminum crank- engine. Perform racing at less than 3,000 rpm. If case. Always use SUBARU Genuine Coolant, the flowing sound is heard at this time, perform the since other coolant may cause corrosion.
  • Page 96 The concentration and safe operating temperature amount of coolant, using an undiluted solution of of SUBARU coolant is shown in the diagram. Mea- SUBARU genuine coolant (concentration 50%). suring the temperature and specific gravity of the The amount of engine coolant that should be re- coolant will provide this information.
  • Page 97 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 10.Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Open the fuel filler flap lid, and remove the fuel filler cap. 3) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery.
  • Page 98 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Temperature Sensor EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 8. Fuel Temperature Sensor A: REMOVAL The fuel temperature sensor is integrated into the fuel level sensor as a single unit; therefore, refer to “Fuel Level Sensor” for removal procedures. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-52, REMOVAL, Fuel Level Sensor.>...
  • Page 99 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drain Filter EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 12.Drain Filter A: SPECIFICATION Canister is a non-disassembled part, so do not re- move the drain filter from canister. Refer to “Canister” for removal and installation pro- cedures. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-5, REMOVAL, Canis- ter.>...
  • Page 100 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Rear Catalytic Converter EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 3. Rear Catalytic Converter A: REMOVAL The rear catalytic converter is integrated into center exhaust pipe as a single unit; therefore, refer to “Center Exhaust Pipe” for removal procedures. <Ref.
  • Page 101 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Canister EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 4. Canister B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. A: REMOVAL NOTE: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. Check that there is no damage or dust on the quick connector.
  • Page 102 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 EGR Valve EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 6. EGR Valve A: REMOVAL Refer to the “FU” section for the removal proce- dures. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-26, REMOVAL, EGR Valve.> B: INSTALLATION Refer to the “FU” section for the installation proce- dures.
  • Page 103 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Purge Control Solenoid Valve EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 5. Purge Control Solenoid Valve A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Disconnect the connector and evaporation hose of the purge control solenoid valve, then remove the purge control solenoid valve.
  • Page 104 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Shut Valve EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 13.Shut Valve A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the fuel filler pipe. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-47, REMOVAL, Fuel Filler Pipe.> 2) Disconnect the evaporation hose from the shut valve. EC-02088 3) Remove the shut valve from the fuel filler pipe. EC-02089 B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
  • Page 105 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 PCV Hose Assembly EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 15.PCV Hose Assembly A: REMOVAL CAUTION: Do not remove unless the PCV hose, diagnos- tics connector and PCV valves are damaged. 1) Remove the air intake chamber. <Ref. to IN(H4SO)-7, REMOVAL, Air Intake Chamber.>...
  • Page 106 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Air Cleaner Element ...................4 Air Cleaner Case ..................5 Air Intake Chamber ..................7 Air Intake Duct ....................8 Resonator Chamber ...................9...
  • Page 107 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drain Valve EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 14.Drain Valve A: SPECIFICATION Canister is a non-disassembled part, so do not re- move the drain valve from canister. Refer to “Canister” for removal and installation pro- cedures. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-5, REMOVAL, Canis- ter.>...
  • Page 108 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Catalytic Converter EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 2. Front Catalytic Converter A: REMOVAL The front catalytic converter is integrated into the front exhaust pipe as a single unit; therefore, refer to “Front Exhaust Pipe” for the removal procedures. <Ref.
  • Page 109 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Level Sensor EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 7. Fuel Level Sensor A: REMOVAL Refer to the “FU” section for the removal proce- dures. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-52, REMOVAL, Fuel Level Sensor.> B: INSTALLATION Refer to the “FU” section for the installation proce- dures.
  • Page 110 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Pressure Control Solenoid Valve EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 11.Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 3) Lift-up the vehicle. 4) Disconnect connector (A) from the pressure con- trol solenoid valve.
  • Page 111 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 1. General Description A: CAUTION • Wear appropriate work clothing, including a cap, protective goggles and protective shoes when per- forming any work. • Remove contamination including dirt and corro- sion before removal, installation or disassembly.
  • Page 112 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Sub Level Sensor EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 9. Fuel Sub Level Sensor A: REMOVAL Refer to the “FU” section for the removal proce- dures. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-53, REMOVAL, Fuel Sub Level Sensor.> B: INSTALLATION Refer to the “FU”...
  • Page 113 asieps_tobira.book 76 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 18.Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) A: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (BANK 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition •...
  • Page 114 asieps_tobira.book 77 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 115 asieps_tobira.book 78 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (BANK 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-9, DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 116 asieps_tobira.book 79 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 117 asieps_tobira.book 80 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-10, DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 118 asieps_tobira.book 81 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the open Ω? FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC- circuit of harness TOR.
  • Page 119 33 34 35 B138 B135 : TERMINAL No. OPTIONAL ARRANGEMENT B136 EN-04027 Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Are other DTCs displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool? EN(H4SO)(diag)-82...
  • Page 120 Is the current more than 0.2 A? Repair the poor 1) Start the engine. contact of connec- 2) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor tor. heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or NOTE: general scan tool. In this case, repair the following item: NOTE: •...
  • Page 121 asieps_tobira.book 84 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-14, DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 122 Module (ECM).> connector. 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 123 asieps_tobira.book 86 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-16, DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 124 Go to step 2. 1) Start the engine. nector. 2) Read the data of rear oxygen (A/F) sensor NOTE: heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or In this case, repair general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact of NOTE: •...
  • Page 125 asieps_tobira.book 88 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Is the resistance less than 30 Repair the har- Replace the rear Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. ness and connec- oxygen sensor.
  • Page 126 asieps_tobira.book 89 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-18, DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 127 Module (ECM).> 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of rear oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 128 asieps_tobira.book 91 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-20, DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 129 3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF. 4) Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. 5) Read the data of intake manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 130 asieps_tobira.book 93 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) I: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-22, DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 131 asieps_tobira.book 94 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the open Ω? SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. circuit of harness 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 132 asieps_tobira.book 95 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) J: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-23, DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 133 asieps_tobira.book 96 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the short SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. MΩ? circuit between 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 134 asieps_tobira.book 97 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) K: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-24, DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 135 asieps_tobira.book 98 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the open Ω? SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. circuit of harness 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 136 asieps_tobira.book 99 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) L: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-24, DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 137 asieps_tobira.book 100 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the short SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. MΩ? circuit between 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 138 asieps_tobira.book 101 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) M: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-25, DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 139 asieps_tobira.book 102 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Replace the mass priate DTC using air flow and intake the “List of Diag- air temperature nostic Trouble sensor.
  • Page 140 asieps_tobira.book 103 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) N: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-28, DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 141 DATA. light illuminates, 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. the circuit has 2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or gen- returned to a nor- eral scan tool to data link connector. mal condition at 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and the Sub- this time.
  • Page 142 asieps_tobira.book 105 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 7. Repair the ground MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR. MΩ? short circuit Measure the resistance of harness between between ECM and ECM and chassis ground.
  • Page 143 asieps_tobira.book 106 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) O: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-30, DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 144 DATA. light illuminates, 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. the circuit has 2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or gen- returned to a nor- eral scan tool to data link connector. mal condition at 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON, and the Sub- this time.
  • Page 145 asieps_tobira.book 108 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) P: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-32, DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/ BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 146 1) Start the engine. than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute 3.94 inHg) ? pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 147 asieps_tobira.book 110 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 9. Repair the open Ω? MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SEN- circuit of harness SOR CONNECTOR.
  • Page 148 asieps_tobira.book 111 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Q: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-34, DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/ BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 149 1) Start the engine. than 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute 35.29 inHg) ? pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 150 SOR CONNECTOR. 35.29 inHg) ? ness between sure sensor. <Ref. 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF and Subaru ECM and mani- to FU(H4SO)-24, Select Monitor or the general scan tool switch fold absolute pres- Manifold Absolute to OFF.
  • Page 151 asieps_tobira.book 114 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) R: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-36, DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 152 asieps_tobira.book 115 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Replace the intake “List of Diagnostic air temperature Trouble Code sensor. <Ref. to (DTC)”.
  • Page 153 asieps_tobira.book 116 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) S: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-38, DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 154 1) Start the engine. above 120°C (248°F) ? contact. 2) Read the data of intake air temperature NOTE: sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or In this case, repair general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact in NOTE: •...
  • Page 155 asieps_tobira.book 118 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) T: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-40, DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 156 1) Start the engine. less than –40°C (–40°F) ? contact. 2) Read the data of intake air temperature NOTE: sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or In this case, repair general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact in NOTE: •...
  • Page 157 asieps_tobira.book 120 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR Is the resistance less than 5 Replace the intake Repair the har- Ω? TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON- air temperature ness and connec- NECTOR.
  • Page 158 asieps_tobira.book 121 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) U: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-42, DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 159 1) Start the engine. ture above 150°C (302°F) ? contact. 2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera- NOTE: ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor In this case, repair or general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact of NOTE: •...
  • Page 160 asieps_tobira.book 123 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) V: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-44, DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 161 1) Start the engine. ture less than –40°C (–40°F) ? contact. 2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera- NOTE: ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor In this case, repair or general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact of NOTE: •...
  • Page 162 asieps_tobira.book 125 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE Is the resistance less than 5 Replace the Repair the har- Ω? COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND engine coolant ness and connec- ECM CONNECTOR.
  • Page 163 bp06usen008.fm 126 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１０分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) W: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-46, DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “A”...
  • Page 164 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact in con- Repair the poor Temporary poor...
  • Page 165 bp06usen008.fm 128 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) X: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-48, DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “A”...
  • Page 166 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact in con- Repair the poor Temporary poor...
  • Page 167 asieps_tobira.book 130 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Y: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-50, DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERA- TURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 168 asieps_tobira.book 131 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 169 asieps_tobira.book 132 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Z: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STA- BLE OPERATION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-53, DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 170 asieps_tobira.book 133 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Go to step 2. priate DTC using the “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.
  • Page 171 asieps_tobira.book 134 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AA:DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-55, DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 172 asieps_tobira.book 135 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AB:DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-57, DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 173 asieps_tobira.book 136 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR Does water enter the connec- Dry the water thor- Go to step 2. CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNEC- tor? oughly. TOR. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than 1 Replace the front...
  • Page 174 asieps_tobira.book 137 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AC:DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-59, DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 175 asieps_tobira.book 138 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR Does water enter the connec- Dry the water thor- Go to step 2. CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNEC- tor? oughly. TOR. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the voltage more than 8 V? Replace the front...
  • Page 176 asieps_tobira.book 139 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AD:DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-61, DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RE- SPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 177 asieps_tobira.book 140 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 178 asieps_tobira.book 141 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AE:DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SEN- SOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-64, DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 179 asieps_tobira.book 142 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the har- Ω? FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC- ness and connec- TOR.
  • Page 180 asieps_tobira.book 143 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AF:DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-66, DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 181 70°C (158°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (Max. 2 min- utes) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 182 asieps_tobira.book 145 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Is there any fault in exhaust Repair or replace Replace the rear Check exhaust system parts. system? faulty parts. oxygen sensor. <Ref. to NOTE: FU(H4SO)-34, Check the following items.
  • Page 183 asieps_tobira.book 146 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AG:DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-68, DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 184 70°C (158°F), and rap- idly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 185 asieps_tobira.book 148 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Is there any fault in exhaust Repair or replace Replace the rear Check exhaust system parts. system? faulty parts. oxygen sensor. <Ref. to NOTE: FU(H4SO)-34, Check the following items.
  • Page 186 asieps_tobira.book 149 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AH:DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-69, DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RE- SPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 187 asieps_tobira.book 150 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 188 asieps_tobira.book 151 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AI: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK1 SENSOR2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-69, DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RE- SPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 189 70°C (158°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (Max. 2 minites) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 190 asieps_tobira.book 153 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than Repair the open Go to step 6. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. 3Ω? circuit of harness 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 191 60°C (140°F) ? engine coolant 1) Start the engine and warm-up completely. temperature sen- 2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera- sor. <Ref. to ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor FU(H4SO)-19, or general scan tool. Engine Coolant Temperature Sen- NOTE: sor.>...
  • Page 192 Intake Air Temper- 4) Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. ature Sensor.> 5) Read the data of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 193 asieps_tobira.book 156 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AL:DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFOR- MANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-81, DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 194 asieps_tobira.book 157 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Replace the fuel “List of Diagnostic temperature sen- Trouble Code sor. <Ref. to (DTC)”.
  • Page 195 asieps_tobira.book 158 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AM:DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-84, DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 196 Even if the mal- 1) Start the engine. 150°C (302°F) ? function indicator 2) Read the data of fuel temperature sensor light illuminates, signal using Subaru Select Monitor. the circuit has returned to a nor- NOTE: mal condition at Subaru Select Monitor this time.
  • Page 197 asieps_tobira.book 160 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AN:DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-86, DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 198 Repair the poor 1) Start the engine. than –40°C (–40°F) ? contact. 2) Read the data of fuel temperature sensor NOTE: signal using Subaru Select Monitor. In this case, repair the following item: NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor • Poor contact in...
  • Page 199 asieps_tobira.book 162 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEM- Is the resistance less than 1 Replace the fuel Repair the har- Ω? PERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC- temperature sen- ness and connec- TOR.
  • Page 200 asieps_tobira.book 163 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AO:DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-88, DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 201 asieps_tobira.book 164 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Replace the oil “List of Diagnostic temperature sen- Trouble Code sor. <Ref. to (DTC)”.
  • Page 202 asieps_tobira.book 165 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AP:DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-90, DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 203 asieps_tobira.book 166 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN OIL TEMPER- Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the ground ATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR. MΩ? short circuit 1) Disconnect the ECM connector and oil tem- between ECM and perature sensor connector.
  • Page 204 asieps_tobira.book 167 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AQ:DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-91, DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 205 asieps_tobira.book 168 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN OIL TEMPER- Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the battery Go to step 2. ATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR. short circuit of har- 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 206 bp06usen008.fm 16 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AR:DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-92, DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> TROUBLE SYMPTOM: •...
  • Page 207 2) Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact? Repair the poor Temporary poor Check poor contact in connector between contact.
  • Page 208 bp06usen008.fm 1 1 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AS:DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-94, DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “B”...
  • Page 209 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact in con- Repair the poor Temporary poor...
  • Page 210 asieps_tobira.book 173 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AT:DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-174, DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> AU:DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304.
  • Page 211 asieps_tobira.book 174 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AW:DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.) •...
  • Page 212 asieps_tobira.book 175 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 213 asieps_tobira.book 176 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor Repair the har- 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. contact of all con- ness and connec- 2) Measure the voltage between fuel injector nectors in fuel...

  • Page 214: Spark Plug

    Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 16. Go to step 14. CATOR LIGHT. light illuminate or blink? 1) Clear the memory using Subaru Select Monitor. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-43, Clear Memory Mode.> 2) Start the engine, and drive the vehicle more than 10 minutes.
  • Page 215 Check CHECK DTC. Are DTCs P0303 and P0304 Go to step 24. Go to step 20. displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool? CHECK DTC. Go to step 25. Go to step 21. Are DTCs P0301 and P0303...
  • Page 216 asieps_tobira.book 179 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS. Are there any faults in #3 and Repair or replace Go to DTC P0171. #4 cylinders? faulty parts. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- NOTE: 154, DTC P0171...
  • Page 217 asieps_tobira.book 180 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AX:DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-102, DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 218 asieps_tobira.book 181 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN- Is the resistance more than Go to step 2. Repair the har- SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR. 700 kΩ? ness and connec- 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 219 asieps_tobira.book 182 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AY:DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-104, DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 220 asieps_tobira.book 183 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN- Is the resistance less than 400 Go to step 2. Go to step 3. SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR. kΩ? Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground.
  • Page 221 asieps_tobira.book 184 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) AZ:DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-106, DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 222 asieps_tobira.book 185 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK- Is the resistance more than Repair the har- Go to step 2. SHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CON- 100 kΩ? ness and connec- NECTOR.
  • Page 223 asieps_tobira.book 186 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BA:DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-108, DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 224 asieps_tobira.book 187 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 225 asieps_tobira.book 188 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BB:DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-110, DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 226 asieps_tobira.book 189 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT Is the resistance more than Repair the har- Go to step 2. POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC- 100 kΩ? ness and connec- TOR.
  • Page 227 asieps_tobira.book 190 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BC:DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFOR- MANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-112, DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) De- tecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 228 asieps_tobira.book 191 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 229 asieps_tobira.book 192 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Is the resistance between 1 Go to step 7. Replace the cam- 1) Remove the camshaft position sensor. and 4 kΩ? shaft position sen- 2) Measure the resistance between connector sor.
  • Page 230 asieps_tobira.book 193 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BD:DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-114, DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 231 53.3 kPa (400 mmHg, EGR valve, mani- 2) Read data of intake manifold absolute pres- 15.75 inHg)? fold absolute pres- sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or sure sensor and general scan tool. throttle body are installed securely. NOTE: •...
  • Page 232 asieps_tobira.book 195 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR VALVE Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 7. Repair the open Ω? AND ECM CONNECTOR. circuit of harness 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 233 asieps_tobira.book 196 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BE:DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-118, DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BE- LOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 234 • Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter • Loose part and improper installation of front oxygen (A/F) sensor or rear oxygen sensor CHECK WAVEFORM DATA ON SUBARU Is normal waveform pattern Contact your SOA Go to step 4.
  • Page 235 Go to step 10. Go to step 5. SELECT MONITOR (WHILE IDLING). displayed? 1) Idle the engine. 2) Under the condition of step 1), read the waveform data using Subaru Select Monitor. Rear 02 Sensor Rear 02 Sensor EN-04681 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR VOLT- Is the voltage more than 490 Go to step 9.
  • Page 236 • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal. • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER. Is the catalytic converter dam- Replace the cata-...
  • Page 237 asieps_tobira.book 200 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BF:DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-120, DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 238 Operate the pressure control solenoid valve. noid valve. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-12, NOTE: Pressure Control The pressure control solenoid valve operation Solenoid Valve.> can be executed using the Subaru Select Mon- itor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Opera- tion Check Mode.>...
  • Page 239 asieps_tobira.book 202 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON- Is there a hole of more than 1.0 Repair or replace Go to step 9. TROL SYSTEM LINE. mm (0.04 in) dia. in evapora- the evaporation Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 240 asieps_tobira.book 203 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BG:DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-135, DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 241 asieps_tobira.book 204 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
  • Page 242 asieps_tobira.book 205 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 7. Repair the har- 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. ness and connec- 2) Measure the voltage between drain valve tor.
  • Page 243 asieps_tobira.book 206 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BH:DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-137, DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 244 NOTE: ECM connector. Drain valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.> Connector & terminal (B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (–): CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM.
  • Page 245 asieps_tobira.book 208 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BI: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SEN- DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-139, DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 246 asieps_tobira.book 209 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Go to step 2. priate DTC using the “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.
  • Page 247 asieps_tobira.book 210 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BJ:DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SEN- SOR LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-141, DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 248 4) Turn the ignition switch to ON. returned to a nor- 5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor mal condition at signal using Subaru Select Monitor. this time. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 249 asieps_tobira.book 212 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 8. Repair the har- Ω? ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SEN- ness and connec- SOR.
  • Page 250 asieps_tobira.book 213 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BK:DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-143, DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 251 3) Install the fuel filler cap. 4) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.
  • Page 252 Sensor.> 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref.
  • Page 253 asieps_tobira.book 216 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BL:DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-144, DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 254 EC(H4SO)-6, NOTE: Purge Control The pressure control solenoid valve operation Solenoid Valve.> can be executed using the Subaru Select Mon- itor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.> EN(H4SO)(diag)-217...
  • Page 255 asieps_tobira.book 218 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON- Is there a hole of more than 0.5 Repair or replace Go to step 9. TROL SYSTEM LINE. mm (0.020 in) dia. in evapora- the evaporation Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 256 asieps_tobira.book 219 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BM:DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-120, DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 257 EC(H4SO)-6, NOTE: Purge Control The pressure control solenoid valve operation Solenoid Valve.> can be executed using the Subaru Select Mon- itor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.> CHECK CANISTER.
  • Page 258 asieps_tobira.book 221 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK FUEL TANK. Is the fuel tank damaged? Repair or replace Go to step 10. Remove the fuel tank. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-41, the fuel tank. <Ref. Fuel Tank.>...
  • Page 259 asieps_tobira.book 222 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BN:DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-145, DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 260 asieps_tobira.book 223 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Even if the mal- Go to step 2. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. function indicator 2) Measure the voltage between ECM and light illuminates,...
  • Page 261 asieps_tobira.book 224 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BO:DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-147, DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 262 ECM connector. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For pro- cedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.> Connector & terminal (B137) No.
  • Page 263 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is DTC P0461, P0462, P0463 Check the combi- Temporary poor or P0464 displayed on the nation meter. contact occurs. Subaru Select Monitor? <Ref. to IDI-9, CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR, INSPECTION, Combination Meter System.> EN(H4SO)(diag)-226...
  • Page 264 asieps_tobira.book 227 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BT:DTC P0483 FAN RATIONALITY CHECK DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-158, DTC P0483 FAN RATIONALITY CHECK, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 265 bp06usen008.fm 228 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BV:DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-161, DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 266 asieps_tobira.book 229 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Go to step 2. priate DTC using the “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.
  • Page 267 bp06usen008.fm 2 0 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BW:DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-163, DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 268 asieps_tobira.book 231 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Go to step 3. priate DTC using the “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.
  • Page 269 asieps_tobira.book 232 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BX:DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-165, DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT, Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 270 asieps_tobira.book 233 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor oper- Repair the battery Check the starter Turn the ignition switch to ON. ate? short circuit in motor circuit.
  • Page 271 bp06usen008.fm 2 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１１分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BY:DTC P0519 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-167, DTC P0519 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM PER- FORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 272 asieps_tobira.book 235 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check the appro- Go to step 2. priate DTC using the “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”.
  • Page 273 asieps_tobira.book 236 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) BZ:DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN section. <Ref. to LAN(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.> CA:DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR DTC DETECTING CONDITION: •...
  • Page 274 bp06usen008.fm 2 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１２分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CC:DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-171, DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> and <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-172, DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) De- tecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 275 asieps_tobira.book 238 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Is the voltage 10 — 13 V? Go to step 2. Repair the open or 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. ground short cir- 2) Measure the voltage between ECM con- cuit of power sup-...
  • Page 276 Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is DTC P0691 displayed on the Check the radiator Temporary poor Subaru Select Monitor? fan system. <Ref. contact occurs. to CO(H4SO)-7, Radiator Fan Sys- tem.> CF:DTC P0692 FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: •...
  • Page 277 asieps_tobira.book 240 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CH:DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-181, DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIR- CUIT LOW (AT MODEL), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 278 asieps_tobira.book 241 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK SELECT CABLE. Is there any fault in the select Repair or adjust Go to step 2. cable? the select cable. <Ref. to CS-26, INSPECTION, Select Cable.>...
  • Page 279 asieps_tobira.book 242 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CI: DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-182, DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 280 asieps_tobira.book 243 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 4. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Place the shift lever in neutral.
  • Page 281 asieps_tobira.book 244 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CJ:DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-183, DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIR- CUIT HIGH (AT MODEL), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 282 asieps_tobira.book 245 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK SELECT CABLE. Is there any fault in the select Repair or adjust Go to step 2. cable? the select cable. <Ref. to CS-26, INSPECTION, Select Cable.>...
  • Page 283 asieps_tobira.book 246 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check Is the resistance less than 5 Ω? Go to step 8. CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH GROUND LINE. Repair open circuit Measure the resistance of harness between of harness inhibitor switch connector and engine ground.
  • Page 284 asieps_tobira.book 247 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CK:DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-184, DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 285 asieps_tobira.book 248 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 4. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Place the shift lever in neutral.
  • Page 286 asieps_tobira.book 249 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CL:DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-185, DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 287 asieps_tobira.book 250 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR Does water enter the connec- Dry the water thor- Go to step 2. CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNEC- tor? oughly. TOR. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Go to step 3.
  • Page 288 asieps_tobira.book 251 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CM:DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-188, DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 289 asieps_tobira.book 252 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than 1 Repair the ground Go to step 3. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC- MΩ? short circuit of har- TOR.
  • Page 290 asieps_tobira.book 253 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CO:DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-193, DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 291 asieps_tobira.book 254 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
  • Page 292 asieps_tobira.book 255 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact of the Repair the poor Contact the SOA Check poor contact of pressure control sole- pressure control solenoid valve contact of pres- service center.
  • Page 293 asieps_tobira.book 256 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CP:DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-195, DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL.
  • Page 294 ECM connector. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Mon- itor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>...
  • Page 295 asieps_tobira.book 258 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CQ:DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-197, DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 296 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Check the drain valve. NOTE: Drain valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>...
  • Page 297 asieps_tobira.book 260 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CR:DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-199, DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILA- TION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 298 asieps_tobira.book 261 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK BLOW-BY HOSE. Is there any disconnection or Replace or repair Go to step 2. Check the condition of the blow-by hose. crack in blow-by hose? the blow-by hose.
  • Page 299 asieps_tobira.book 262 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CS:DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-263, DTC P1498 EGR SOLE- NOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 300 asieps_tobira.book 263 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CY:DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-201, DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 301 asieps_tobira.book 264 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) WIRING DIAGRAM: MAIN RELAY BATTERY SBF-7 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 EGR VALVE...
  • Page 302 asieps_tobira.book 265 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR VALVE. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Go to step 2. Repair the har- 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. ness and connec- 2) Disconnect the connector from EGR valve.
  • Page 303 asieps_tobira.book 266 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) CZ:DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-203, DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 304 asieps_tobira.book 267 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) WIRING DIAGRAM: MAIN RELAY BATTERY SBF-7 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 EGR VALVE...
  • Page 305 asieps_tobira.book 268 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 306 asieps_tobira.book 269 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DA:DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-206, DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW IN- PUT, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 307 asieps_tobira.book 270 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor operate Repair the har- Check the starter • Place the inhibitor switch in “P” or “N” range. when ignition switch is turned ness and connec- motor circuit.
  • Page 308 asieps_tobira.book 271 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DB:DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-207, DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MAL- FUNCTION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref.
  • Page 309 asieps_tobira.book 272 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Is the voltage more than 10 V? Repair the poor Go to step 2. 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. contact of ECM 2) Measure the voltage between ECM and connector.
  • Page 310 asieps_tobira.book 273 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DC:DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-209, DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYS- TEM TOO LEAN BANK 1, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 311 asieps_tobira.book 274 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 312 (140°F)? engine coolant 1) Start the engine and warm-up completely. temperature sen- 2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera- sor. <Ref. to ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor FU(H4SO)-19, or general scan tool. Engine Coolant Temperature Sen- NOTE: sor.>...
  • Page 313 70°C (158°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (Max. 2 min- utes) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 314 70°C (158°F), and rap- idly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 315 5 minutes or more with idling. Front Oxygen (A/F) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal Sensor.> using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 316 asieps_tobira.book 279 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DD:DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-211, DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYS- TEM TOO RICH BANK 1, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 317 asieps_tobira.book 280 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)- 70, List of Diag- nostic Trouble...
  • Page 318 (140°F)? engine coolant 1) Start the engine and warm-up completely. temperature sen- 2) Read the data of engine coolant tempera- sor. <Ref. to ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor FU(H4SO)-19, or general scan tool. Engine Coolant Temperature Sen- NOTE: sor.>...
  • Page 319 70°C (158°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (Max. 2 min- utes) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 320 70°C (158°F), and rap- idly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • For MT model, depress the clutch pedal.
  • Page 321 5 minutes or more with idling. Front Oxygen (A/F) 2) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal Sensor.> using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 322 bp06usen008.fm 28 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１２分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DE:DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-175, DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 323 2) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 3) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> EN(H4SO)(diag)-286...
  • Page 324 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK POOR CONTACT. Is there poor contact? Repair the poor Go to step 13.
  • Page 325 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Is the voltage less than 4.73 Go to step 15. Go to step 16.
  • Page 326 NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Is the voltage 1.64 — 1.70 V? Go to step 23. Repair the poor...
  • Page 327 asieps_tobira.book 290 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 26. Repair the short ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MO- MΩ? circuit of harness. TOR.
  • Page 328 bp06usen008.fm 2 1 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１２分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DF:DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-215, DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 329 asieps_tobira.book 292 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON- Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Replace the elec- Ω? TROL RELAY. tronic throttle con- 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. trol relay.
  • Page 330 bp06usen008.fm 2 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１２分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DG:DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-217, DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 331 asieps_tobira.book 294 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CON- Go to step 2. Is the resistance more than 1 Replace the elec- TROL RELAY. MΩ? tronic throttle con- 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. trol relay.
  • Page 332 asieps_tobira.book 295 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DI: DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-221, DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “D”...
  • Page 333 Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. SENSOR OUTPUT. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Read the data of main accelerator pedal position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 334 asieps_tobira.book 297 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION Is the resistance between 0.5 Repair the poor Replace the accel- SENSOR. and 2.5 kΩ? contact of ECM erator pedal posi- Measure the resistance of accelerator pedal connector.
  • Page 335 asieps_tobira.book 298 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DJ:DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-223, DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “D”...
  • Page 336 Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. SENSOR OUTPUT. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Read the data of main accelerator pedal position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 337 asieps_tobira.book 300 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DK:DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-225, DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “E”...
  • Page 338 Is the voltage more than 0.4 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. SENSOR OUTPUT. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Read the data of sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 339 asieps_tobira.book 302 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION Is the resistance between 0.28 Repair the poor Replace the accel- SENSOR. and 1.68 kΩ? contact of ECM erator pedal posi- 1) Measure the resistance of accelerator connector.
  • Page 340 asieps_tobira.book 303 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DL:DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-227, DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “E”...
  • Page 341 Is the voltage less than 4.8 V? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. SENSOR OUTPUT. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Read the data of sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 342 bp06usen008.fm 0 ページ ２０１０年１１月１１日　木曜日　午後１時１２分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DM:DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLT- AGE CORRELATION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-229, DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “A”/“B”...
  • Page 343 NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Is the voltage more than 0.8 V? Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
  • Page 344 Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-26, Subaru Select Moni- tor.> CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Is the voltage less than 4.73 Go to step 10. Go to step 11.
  • Page 345 asieps_tobira.book 308 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance more than 1 Go to step 16. Repair the short ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. MΩ? circuit to sensor 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
  • Page 346 asieps_tobira.book 309 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DN:DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLT- AGE CORRELATION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-231, DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- SOR/SWITCH “D”/“E”...
  • Page 347 SENSOR OUTPUT. 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 2) Read the data of main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 348 2) Connect all connectors. 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of main throttle sensor signal and sub accelerator pedal position sensor sig- nal using Subaru Select Monitor. CHECK POOR CONTACT. Go to step 18. Is there poor contact?
  • Page 349 asieps_tobira.book 312 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND AC- Is the resistance less than 5 Go to step 16. Repair the poor Ω? CELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. contact of ECM 1) Connect the ECM connector.
  • Page 350 asieps_tobira.book 313 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DO:DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-233, DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 351 asieps_tobira.book 314 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) DQ:DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-235, DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref.
  • Page 352 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. Electrical Component Location A: LOCATION 1. ENGINE • Control module EN-03145 Engine control module (ECM) Test mode connector Data link connector Malfunction indicator light CHECK ENGINE EN-01147 EN-03104 EN-02975 AT-01877 EN(H4SO)(diag)-8...
  • Page 353 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) • Sensor EN-02976 Mass air flow and intake air tem- Engine coolant temperature sen- Knock sensor perature sensor Camshaft position sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Electronic throttle control Crankshaft position sensor EN(H4SO)(diag)-9...
  • Page 354 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-02977 EN-01971 EN-02179 EN-01972 EN-00010 EN-00011 EN-00012 EN(H4SO)(diag)-10...
  • Page 355 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03847 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor Front catalytic converter Rear catalytic converter Rear oxygen sensor EN-03146 Fuel level sensor Fuel tank pressure sensor Fuel sub level sensor Fuel temperature sensor EN(H4SO)(diag)-11...
  • Page 356 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03147 EN-03003 EN-03132 EN(H4SO)(diag)-12...
  • Page 357 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) • Solenoid valve, actuator, emission control system parts and ignition system parts EN-02979 Purge control solenoid valve Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY Fuel injector EGR valve EN(H4SO)(diag)-13...
  • Page 358 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-01975 EN-01976 EN-03105 EN-03106 EN(H4SO)(diag)-14...
  • Page 359 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-04017 Pressure control solenoid valve Drain valve Drain filter Canister EN-02980 EN-02981 EN(H4SO)(diag)-15...
  • Page 360 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03149 Inhibitor switch Fuel pump relay Radiator sub fan relay Fuel pump Electronic throttle control relay Radiator main fan relay 2 Main relay Radiator main fan relay 1 Starter EN-00178 EN-02093 EN-03150 EN-02095 EN-02096...
  • Page 361 Repair the related 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. aru Select Monitor? Repair the trouble parts. 2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or gen- cause. <Ref. to NOTE: eral scan tool to data link connector. EN(H4SO)(diag)- 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
  • Page 362 asieps_tobira.book 315 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Diagnostic Table ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 19.General Diagnostic Table A: INSPECTION 1. ENGINE NOTE: Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-89, Engine Trouble in Gen- eral.> Symptom Problem parts 1) Manifold absolute pressure sensor 2) Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor 3) Ignition parts (*1) 1.
  • Page 363 asieps_tobira.book 316 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Diagnostic Table ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Symptom Problem parts 1) Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor 2) Manifold absolute pressure sensor 3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2) 4) Crankshaft position sensor (*3) 6. Surging 5) Camshaft position sensor (*3) 6) Fuel injection parts (*4) 7) Electronic throttle control 8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay...
  • Page 364 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 GENERAL DESCRIPTION GD(H4SO) Page List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............2 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria ........8...
  • Page 365 asieps_tobira.book 39 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 12.Drive Cycle A: PROCEDURE For the troubleshooting, there are five driving patterns of drive cycles A to E. Driving in the specified pattern allows to diagnose malfunctioning items listed below. After the repair of the following trouble items, be sure to drive the vehicle with the specified drive patterns to check whether the function is resumed correctly.
  • Page 366 asieps_tobira.book 40 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 3. DRIVE CYCLE B (TEN MINUTES IDLING) NOTE: Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more before diagnosis. Item Condition *P0126 Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation — *P0171 System Too Lean (Bank 1) Complete diagnosis for drive cycle A or C *P0172 System Too Rich (Bank 1)
  • Page 367 asieps_tobira.book 41 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Condition P0026 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) — P0028 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2) — *P0030 HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1) — *P0068 MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation —...
  • Page 368 asieps_tobira.book 42 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 6. DRIVE CYCLE E 1) Make sure that the battery voltage is more than 10.9 V. 2) Perform the Clear Memory Mode. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-43, Clear Memory Mode.> 3) Drive the vehicle for the distance equal to the fuel of 30 2 (7.9 US gal, 6.6 Imp gal). NOTE: •...
  • Page 369 DTC. A: OPERATION For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. 1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-70, List of Diagnostic MODE) Trouble Code (DTC).> 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the NOTE: {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 370 asieps_tobira.book 34 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 11.Inspection Mode A: PROCEDURE Perform the diagnosis shown in the following DTC table. When performing the diagnosis not listed in “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”, refer the item on the drive cycle. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-39, Drive Cycle.> Item Condition P0031...
  • Page 371 asieps_tobira.book 35 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Condition P0604 Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error — P0605 Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error — P0607 Control Module Performance — P0638 Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1) —...
  • Page 372 asieps_tobira.book 46 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 15.Malfunction Indicator Light A: PROCEDURE 1. Activation of malfunction indicator light. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-47, ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT, Malfunction Indicator Light.> ↓ 2. Malfunction indicator light does not come on. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-48, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light.>...
  • Page 373 asieps_tobira.book 47 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION 3) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of 1 Hz when the diagnosis system detects the misfire INDICATOR LIGHT which might damage the catalyst. 1) When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light (A) in the com- bination meter illuminates.
  • Page 374 asieps_tobira.book 48 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON DIAGNOSIS: The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not come on. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION SWITCH...
  • Page 375 asieps_tobira.book 49 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ECM CONNECTOR. Is the ECM connector correctly Replace the ECM. Repair the con- Check the connection of ECM connector. connected? <Ref. to nection of ECM FU(H4SO)-36, connector. Engine Control Module (ECM).>...
  • Page 376 D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF. DIAGNOSIS: The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Although malfunction indicator light comes on when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru Select Monitor display. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION...
  • Page 377 asieps_tobira.book 51 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK. DIAGNOSIS: • The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted. • Test mode connector circuit is open. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Malfunction indicator light does not blink during Inspection Mode. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION BATTERY...
  • Page 378 asieps_tobira.book 52 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDI- Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2. Repair the mal- CATOR LIGHT. light illuminate? function indicator 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. light circuit.
  • Page 379 asieps_tobira.book 53 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING. DIAGNOSIS: Test mode connector circuit is shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Malfunction indicator light blinks when test mode connector is not connected. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION BATTERY SWITCH SBF-6 MAIN SBF No.5...
  • Page 380 asieps_tobira.book 54 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK TEST MODE CONNECTOR. Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2. System is normal. 1) Disconnect the test mode connector. light blink? NOTE: 2) Turn the ignition switch to ON. Malfunction indica- tor light blinks when test mode connec-...
  • Page 381 {Clear Memory} and press the [YES] key. 5) When the “Done” and “Turn Ignition Switch OFF” are shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF and then Subaru Select Monitor switch to OFF. NOTE: • Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance.
  • Page 382 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Check List for Interview ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. Check List for Interview A: CHECK 1. CHECK LIST No. 1 Check the following item when problem has occurred. NOTE: Use copies of this page for interviewing customers. Customer’s name Engine No.
  • Page 383 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Check List for Interview ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. CHECK LIST No. 2 Check the following item about the vehicle’s state when malfunction indicator light turns on. NOTE: Use copies of this page for interviewing customers. a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. Yes / Low fuel warning light Charge indicator light...
  • Page 384 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 8. General Scan Tool A: OPERATION 1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL 1) Prepare a scan tool (general scan tool) required by SAE J1978. 2) Open the cover and connect the general scan tool to the data link connector located in the lower portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 385 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA) Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the pow- ertrain system. A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table. Data Unit of measure Number of emission-related powertrain DTC and malfunction indicator light status and diag-...
  • Page 386 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC) Refer to “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” for information about data denoting emission-related pow- ertrain DTC. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-70, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> 5.
  • Page 387 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Condition Data ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 6. Engine Condition Data A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Remarks Specification 20 — 41 (%): Idling Engine load 14.72 — 29.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing Measuring condition: • After engine is warmed-up. • Gear position is in “N” or “P” range. •...
  • Page 388 1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT MONI- Select Monitor or general scan tool. 5) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and 1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON. EN(H4SO)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL, Gen- eral Description.>...
  • Page 389 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Subaru Select Monitor ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE) 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 390 Provided Body integrated unit counter update Body Int. Unit Count — Provided Cruise control cancel switch signal Cruise Control Cancel Switch — OFF input (At OFF) NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO)(diag)-28...
  • Page 391 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) A/F sensor #11 — 1.001 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) A/F sensor #11 0.00 mA NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO)(diag)-29...
  • Page 392 Short term fuel trim #11 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Oxygen sensor #11 Support Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Oxygen sensor #12 Support NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO)(diag)-30...
  • Page 393 31 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Subaru Select Monitor ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 7. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 394 Cancel Switch ON or OFF NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. 8. V.I.N. REGISTRATION 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 395 [20 — 40 2 (5.3 — 2) Warm-up the engine. 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)]. 3) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to 2) Lift-up the vehicle using a garage jack and place EN(H4SO)(diag)-7, PREPARATION TOOL, Gen- it on rigid racks, or drive the vehicle onto free roll- eral Description.>...
  • Page 396 37 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 7) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link 14) Perform subsequent procedures as instructed connector located in the lower portion of the instru- on the display screen. ment panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 397 asieps_tobira.book 38 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 5) Start the engine. NOTE: • Make sure the select lever is placed in “P” posi- tion before starting. (AT model) • Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine. (MT model) 6) Using the selector lever or shift lever, turn the P position switch and N position switch to ON.
  • Page 398 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 3. General Description 8) Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body side grounding point when measuring voltage and resis- A: CAUTION tance inside the passenger compartment. 1) Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
  • Page 399 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: INSPECTION 12) Observe the following cautions when installing a radio in MFI equipped models. Before performing diagnostics, check the following item which might affect engine problems. CAUTION: • The antenna must be kept as far apart as pos- 1.
  • Page 400 • When troubleshooting the vehicle which com- constant pressure is injected into the intake air pas- plies with OBD-II regulations, connect the Subaru sage of the cylinder head. The injection quantity of Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle.
  • Page 401 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION B135 B136 B137 B134 EN-01812 Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) Signal (+) B134...
  • Page 402 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) Main sen- Fully closed: 1.0 Fully closed: 1.0 B135 — sor signal Fully open: 3.5 Fully open: 3.5 Main power...
  • Page 403 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) ON: 0.5 or less ON: 0.5 or less Radiator fan relay 1 control B136 —...
  • Page 404 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) B134 — Sensor power supply B135 — B134 — GND (sensor) B135 — (Engine 1) B134 —...
  • Page 405 44 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 14.Compulsory Valve Operation 5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instru- Check Mode ment panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 406 Pressure Switching Sol. 1 Pressure Switching Sol. 2 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Exhaust Bypass Valve Control Permit Flag Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Secondary Air Combination Valve 1 • For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO)(diag)-45...
  • Page 407 asieps_tobira.book 55 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 16.Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure A: PROCEDURE 1. Check for fuel amount. ↓ 2. Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-56, STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure.>...
  • Page 408 asieps_tobira.book 56 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT CAUTION: After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-43, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-34, Inspection Mode.>. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION SWITCH...
  • Page 409 asieps_tobira.book 57 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK BATTERY. Is the voltage more than 12 V? Go to step 2. Charge or replace Check the battery voltage. the battery. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor oper- Go to step 3.
  • Page 410 asieps_tobira.book 58 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK STARTER RELAY. Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 9. Replace the Ω? 1) Connect the battery to starter relay termi- starter relay. nals No. 15 and No. 16. 2) Measure the resistance between starter relay terminals.
  • Page 411 asieps_tobira.book 59 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 18. Replace the clutch Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. switch. 2) Disconnect the connector from clutch switch.
  • Page 412 asieps_tobira.book 60 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MOD- ULE (ECM) CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(di- ag)-43, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.>...
  • Page 413 asieps_tobira.book 61 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK MAIN RELAY. Is the resistance less than 10 Go to step 2. Replace the main Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. relay. 2) Remove the main relay. 3) Connect the battery to main relay terminals No.
  • Page 414 asieps_tobira.book 62 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM CAUTION: After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-43, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-34, Inspection Mode.>. WIRING DIAGRAM: B137 B225...
  • Page 415 asieps_tobira.book 63 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS. Does spark occur at each cyl- Check fuel pump Go to step 2. 1) Remove the plug cord cap from each spark inder? system.
  • Page 416 asieps_tobira.book 64 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG- Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 7. Repair the har- Ω? NITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY ness and connec- CONNECTOR.
  • Page 417 asieps_tobira.book 65 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(di- ag)-43, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-34, PRO- CEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 418 68, FUEL INJEC- NOTE: TOR CIRCUIT, Fuel pump operation can also be executed us- Diagnostics for ing Subaru Select Monitor. Engine Starting Refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Failure.> Mode” for procedures. <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(di- ag)-44, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>...
  • Page 419 asieps_tobira.book 67 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 8. Repair the open Ω? FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. circuit of harness 1) Disconnect the connectors from ECM. between ECM and 2) Measure the resistance of harness fuel pump relay...
  • Page 420 asieps_tobira.book 68 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT CAUTION: • Check or repair only faulty parts. • After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-43, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(di- ag)-34, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 421 asieps_tobira.book 69 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJEC- Does the fuel pump emit oper- Check the fuel Go to step 2. TOR. ating sound? pressure. <Ref. to While cranking the engine, check each fuel ME(H4SO)-25, injector emits operating sound.
  • Page 422 A: NOTE This connector is used for Subaru Select Monitor. CAUTION: Do not connect any scan tools except Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool because the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged. 9 10 11 12 13 EN-00037 Terminal No.
  • Page 423 asieps_tobira.book 70 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 17.List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) A: LIST Item Index P0026 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-76, DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLE- cuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) NOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 424 asieps_tobira.book 71 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0113 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-118, DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN- Circuit High SOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 425 asieps_tobira.book 72 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0183 Fuel Temperature Sensor “A” Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-160, DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” cuit High Input CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 426 asieps_tobira.book 73 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0451 Evaporative Emission Control Sys- <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-208, DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON- tem Pressure Sensor TROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> P0452 Evaporative Emission Control Sys- <Ref.
  • Page 427 asieps_tobira.book 74 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0691 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-239, DTC P0691 FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> P0692 Fan 1 Control Circuit High <Ref.
  • Page 428 asieps_tobira.book 75 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P1499 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-266, DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 cuit Malfunction (High Input) CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 429 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Center Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST 3. Center Exhaust Pipe A: REMOVAL 1) After removing the center and front exhaust pipes as one unit, separate them. Refer to “Front Exhaust Pipe” for the removal procedure. <Ref. to EX(H4SO)-4, REMOVAL, Front Exhaust Pipe.> 2) Remove the front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor.
  • Page 430 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST 2. Front Exhaust Pipe 6) Remove the nuts which hold front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads. A: REMOVAL CAUTION: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. Be careful not to pull down the front and center exhaust pipe assembly.
  • Page 431 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST B: INSTALLATION 5) Tighten the bolt which holds the center exhaust pipe to exhaust pipe. 1) Install the front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear ox- ygen sensor to the front exhaust pipe. <Ref. to NOTE: FU(H4SO)-32, INSTALLATION, Front Oxygen (A/ Use a new gasket.
  • Page 432 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST 10) Connect the following connectors. (1) Front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector (2) Rear oxygen sensor connector FU-02734 (A) Front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector (B) Rear oxygen sensor connector 11) Connect the battery ground cable to the bat- tery.
  • Page 433 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description EXHAUST 1. General Description A: COMPONENT (12) (20) (11) (26) (18) (10) (25) (24) (13) (14) (15) (22) (16) (19) (17) (21) (22) (27) (23) (28) (29) EX-02139 EX(H4SO)-2...
  • Page 434 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description EXHAUST Gasket (14) Rear catalytic converter (26) Front catalytic converter upper cover Spring (15) Center exhaust pipe rear lower cover Chamber (27) Front catalytic converter lower cover Rear exhaust pipe (16) Rear catalytic converter lower cover Cushion rubber (28)
  • Page 435 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Rear Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST 4. Rear Exhaust Pipe 4) Remove the rear exhaust pipe bracket from cushion rubber. A: REMOVAL 1) Separate the rear exhaust pipe from center ex- haust pipe. EX-00219 B: INSTALLATION 1) Apply a coat of spray type lubricant to the mating EX-02140 area of cushion rubber.
  • Page 436 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Rear Exhaust Pipe EXHAUST • RH side EX-00218 4) Install the rear exhaust pipe to center exhaust pipe. Tightening torque: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 ft-lb) EX-02140 C: INSPECTION 1) Check the connections and welds for exhaust leaks.
  • Page 437 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Muffler EXHAUST 5. Muffler B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. A: REMOVAL NOTE: 1) Separate the muffler from rear exhaust pipe. Use a new gasket and self-locking nut. • LH side Tightening torque: 48 N·m (4.9 kgf-m, 35.4 ft-lb) •...
  • Page 438 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 COOLING CO(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Radiator Fan System .................7 Engine Coolant ..................12 Water Pump .....................14 Thermostat ....................17 Radiator ....................19 Radiator Cap ....................22 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor ............23 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor .............25 Reservoir Tank ..................27 Engine Cooling System Trouble in General ..........28...
  • Page 439 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1. List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) A: LIST Item Index P0026 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Cir- <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-8, DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID cuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 440 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Index P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Cir- <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-42, DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE cuit Low CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Cir- <Ref.
  • Page 441 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Index P0222 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/ <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-92, DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SEN- Switch “B” Circuit Low SOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> P0223 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/ <Ref.
  • Page 442 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Index P0457 Evaporative Emission Control Sys- <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-144, DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL tem Leak Detected (Fuel Cap SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF), Diagnostic Trouble Loose/Off) Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 443 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Index P0851 Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-182, DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT (MT Model) LOW (MT MODEL), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> P0852 Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit <Ref.
  • Page 444 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Item Index P1571 Reference Code Incompatibility <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-208, DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBIL- ITY, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> P1572 Imm Circuit Failure (Except <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-208, DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT Antenna Circuit) ANTENNA CIRCUIT), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 445 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria A: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect NG when having either Low NG or High NG. A variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch is installed for diagnosis.
  • Page 446 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time is longer than the predetermined time when the following conditions are established. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Low NG ≥...
  • Page 447 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect functional errors of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater. Judge as NG when it is determined that the front oxygen (A/F) sensor impedance is large by referring to the engine condition such as fuel shut-off in deceleration, etc.
  • Page 448 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as NG when the continuous time of meeting the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the time needed for diagnosis (10 seconds). Judge as OK and clear the NG when the continuous time of not completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the time needed for diagnosis (10 seconds).
  • Page 449 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION D: DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of heater. The heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.
  • Page 450 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 1 second (8 cycles). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage level Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater control...
  • Page 451 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of heater. The heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.
  • Page 452 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 1 second (8 cycles). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage level High...
  • Page 453 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect oxygen sensor heater open or short circuit. The oxygen sensor heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V, and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.
  • Page 454 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time while meeting all of the malfunction criteria below is more than 2560 milliseconds (10 cycles). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage...
  • Page 455 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect oxygen sensor heater open or short circuit. The oxygen sensor heater performs duty control, and the output terminal voltage at ON is 0 V, and the output terminal voltage at OFF is the battery voltage.
  • Page 456 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time while meeting all of the malfunction criteria below is more than 2560 milliseconds (10 cycles). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage...
  • Page 457 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of intake manifold pressure sensor output property. Judge as NG when the intake air pressure AD value is Low whereas it seemed to be High from the viewpoint of engine condition, or when it is High whereas it seemed to be Low from the engine condition.
  • Page 458 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when either Low side or High side becomes NG. Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the predetermined time.
  • Page 459 asieps_tobira.book 22 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION I: DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open circuit of the oil switching solenoid valve. Judge as NG when the current is small even though the output duty is large. 2.
  • Page 460 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION J: DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect short circuits of the oil switching solenoid valve. Judge as a short NG when the current is large even though the output duty is small. 2.
  • Page 461 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION K: DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2) NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0076. <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-22, DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> L: DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2) NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0077.
  • Page 462 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION M: DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of air flow sensor output property. Judge as a low side NG when the air flow voltage indicates a small value regardless of running in a state where the air flow voltage increases.
  • Page 463 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the predetermined time. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value (Low side error) Output voltage...
  • Page 464 asieps_tobira.book 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 465 asieps_tobira.book 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION N: DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuits of the air flow sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 466 asieps_tobira.book 29 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE None 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-29...
  • Page 467 asieps_tobira.book 30 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION O: DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuits of the air flow sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 468 asieps_tobira.book 31 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE None 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-31...
  • Page 469 asieps_tobira.book 32 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION P: DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of intake manifold pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 470 asieps_tobira.book 33 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 8. FAIL SAFE ISC feedback: Not allowed to calculate the amount of feedback.
  • Page 471 asieps_tobira.book 34 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Q: DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of intake manifold pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 472 asieps_tobira.book 35 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 8. FAIL SAFE ISC feedback: Not allowed to calculate the amount of feedback.
  • Page 473 asieps_tobira.book 36 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION R: DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of intake air temperature sensor output property. Judge as NG when the intake air temperature is not varied whereas it seemed to be varied from the viewpoint of engine condition.
  • Page 474 asieps_tobira.book 37 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 1 second or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage difference between Max.
  • Page 475 asieps_tobira.book 38 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION S: DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the intake air temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 476 asieps_tobira.book 39 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 0.5 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage <...
  • Page 477 asieps_tobira.book 40 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION T: DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the intake air temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 478 asieps_tobira.book 41 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 0.5 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥...
  • Page 479 asieps_tobira.book 42 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION U: DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 480 asieps_tobira.book 43 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Engine coolant temperature sensor process: Engine coolant temperature is fixed at 70°C (158°F) • ISC Feedback: Calculate target engine speed as engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) •...
  • Page 481 asieps_tobira.book 44 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION V: DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the engine coolant temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 482 asieps_tobira.book 45 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Engine coolant temperature sensor process: Engine coolant temperature is fixed at 70°C (158°F) • ISC Feedback: Calculate target engine speed as engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) •...
  • Page 483 asieps_tobira.book 46 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION W: DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 1. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 484 asieps_tobira.book 47 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-47...
  • Page 485 asieps_tobira.book 48 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION X: DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A” CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 1. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 486 asieps_tobira.book 49 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-49...
  • Page 487 asieps_tobira.book 50 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Y: DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of engine coolant temperature output property. Judge as NG when the engine coolant temperature does not rise in driving conditions where it should. 2.
  • Page 488 asieps_tobira.book 51 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Engine coolant temperature < 20°C (68°F) ≥Judgment value of Timer for diagnosis after engine starting timer after engine starting...
  • Page 489 asieps_tobira.book 52 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Engine coolant temperature sensor process: Engine coolant temperature is fixed at 70°C (158°F) • ISC Feedback: Calculate target engine speed as engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) •...
  • Page 490 asieps_tobira.book 53 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Z: DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STA- BLE OPERATION 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of engine coolant temperature sensor characteristics. Memorize the engine coolant temperature and fuel temperature at the last engine stop, and use them to judge as NG when the engine coolant temperature does not decrease when it should.
  • Page 491 asieps_tobira.book 54 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG if the continuous time with the following conditions established is more than 2.5 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Engine coolant temperature at the last <...
  • Page 492 asieps_tobira.book 55 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AA:DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect malfunctions of the thermostat function. Judge as NG when the engine coolant temperature is lower than the estimated engine coolant temperature and the difference between them is large.
  • Page 493 asieps_tobira.book 56 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 30 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥...
  • Page 494 asieps_tobira.book 57 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AB:DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of sensor. Judge as NG when the element impressed voltage is out of range, or the element current is out of range. 2.
  • Page 495 asieps_tobira.book 58 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 8. FAIL SAFE •...
  • Page 496 asieps_tobira.book 59 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AC:DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of sensor. Judge as NG when the element impressed voltage is out of range, or the element current is out of range. 2.
  • Page 497 asieps_tobira.book 60 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 8. FAIL SAFE •...
  • Page 498 asieps_tobira.book 61 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AD:DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the slow response of front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Front oxygen (A/F) sensor cover has some ventilation holes for exhaust gas. Clogged ventilation holes are diagnosed.
  • Page 499 asieps_tobira.book 62 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EN-01693 Atmosphere Electromotive force Exhaust gas Air fuel ratio Lean Ceramic heater Rich 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions All secondary parameters enable condi- 1 second or more tions Battery voltage...
  • Page 500 asieps_tobira.book 63 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Calculate faf difference every 128 milliseconds, and the λvalue difference. Calculate the diagnostic value af- ter calculating for 210 seconds. Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are completed. Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are not met.
  • Page 501 asieps_tobira.book 64 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AE:DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SEN- SOR 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open circuits of the sensor. Judge as NG when the impedance of the element is large. 2.
  • Page 502 asieps_tobira.book 65 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 503 asieps_tobira.book 66 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AF:DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the contiunuity NG of oxygen sensor. If the oxygen sensor voltage reading is not within the probable range considering the operating conditions, judge as NG.
  • Page 504 asieps_tobira.book 67 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION (Used only for malfunction judgment) Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions High side Closed loop control at the oxygen sensor In operation Misfire detection every 200 rotations <...
  • Page 505 asieps_tobira.book 68 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG if the continuous time during which the following conditions are established exceeds the pre- determined time, and judge as OK if it doesn't. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value...
  • Page 506 asieps_tobira.book 69 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AH:DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the slow response of the oxygen sensor. Judge as NG if either the rich to lean response diagnosis or lean to rich response diagnosis is NG, and Judge as OK if both are OK.
  • Page 507 asieps_tobira.book 70 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Rich → lean diagnosis response Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions Battery voltage > 10.9 V A/F sub feedback control condition Completed Deceleration fuel cut time is 6 seconds Experienced or more.
  • Page 508 asieps_tobira.book 71 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD When the oxygen sensor output voltage changes from 0.55 V (rich) to 0.25 V (lean), calculate the minimum response time for output change between 0.5V and 0.3V for the judgment criteria. Diagnosis execution condition 0.55V 0.5V...
  • Page 509 asieps_tobira.book 72 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2. Judge as NG when the oxygen sensor voltage at recovery from a deceleration fuel cut, is large. If the fuel cut time in a deceleration fuel cut is long (more than 6 s), and even after recovering from a decel- eration fuel cut, the oxygen sensor voltage is high (0.55 V or more), judge as NG.
  • Page 510 asieps_tobira.book 73 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 12.DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Calculate the minimum value of 0.3 V to 0.5 V output change response time as judgment value, when the ox- ygen sensor output voltage changes from 0.25 V (lean) to 0.55 V (rich). Diagnosis execution condition Measure the response time...
  • Page 511 asieps_tobira.book 74 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Abnormality Judgment 1. Judge as NG when the judgment value is larger than the threshold value after deceleration fuel cut. Response time (diagnosis value) > threshold value → abnormal 2.
  • Page 512 asieps_tobira.book 75 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AI: DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK1 SENSOR2) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect abnormalities in the rear oxygen sensor output characteristics. By referring to the intake air amount, engine coolant temperature, main feedback control, deceleration fuel cut and other operating conditions, if the rear oxygen sensor voltage should be moving under thoese condi- tions but is showing a low voltage, this is judged as a Low side NG.
  • Page 513 asieps_tobira.book 76 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. FAIL SAFE Sub feedback control: Not allowed.
  • Page 514 asieps_tobira.book 77 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AJ:DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect fuel system malfunction by the amount of main feedback control. Diagnostic method Fuel system is diagnosed by comparing the target air fuel ratio calculated by ECM with the actual air fuel ratio measured by sensor.
  • Page 515 asieps_tobira.book 78 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment Judge as OK when the malfunction criteria below are completed for 10 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value fsobd = (sglmd – tglmda) + faf + flaf <...
  • Page 516 asieps_tobira.book 79 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AK:DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect fuel system malfunction by the amount of main feedback control. Diagnostic method Fuel system is diagnosed by comparing the target air fuel ratio calculated by ECM with the actual air fuel ratio measured by sensor.
  • Page 517 asieps_tobira.book 80 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment Judge as OK when the malfunction criteria below continues for 10 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ –20% fsobd = (sglmd – tglmda) + faf + flaf 5.
  • Page 518 asieps_tobira.book 81 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AL:DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFOR- MANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect faults in the fuel temperature sensor output properties. Diagnosis is performed in two methods; drift diagnosis and stuck diagnosis. If either is NG, judge as NG. If both are OK, Judge as OK and clear the NG.
  • Page 519 asieps_tobira.book 82 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 120 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥...
  • Page 520 asieps_tobira.book 83 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 551 kg (1215 lb) Accumulated amount of intake air Fuel temperature difference between <...
  • Page 521 asieps_tobira.book 84 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AM:DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of fuel temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 522 asieps_tobira.book 85 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 523 asieps_tobira.book 86 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AN:DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of fuel temperature sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 524 asieps_tobira.book 87 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 525 asieps_tobira.book 88 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AO:DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect for abnormal values in the oil temperature sensor output properties. Judge as NG when the oil temperature does not rise even though the engine is running under a condition where it should rise.
  • Page 526 asieps_tobira.book 89 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment When the following conditions are established, judged as OK. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 15°C (59°F) Engine oil temperature 5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row •...
  • Page 527 asieps_tobira.book 90 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AP:DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the oil temperature sensor. Judge as NG when outside of the possible range. 2.
  • Page 528 asieps_tobira.book 91 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AQ:DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the oil temperature sensor. Judge as NG when outside of the judgment value. 2.
  • Page 529 asieps_tobira.book 92 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AR:DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 2. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 530 asieps_tobira.book 93 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-93...
  • Page 531 asieps_tobira.book 94 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AS:DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “B” CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of throttle position sensor 2. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 532 asieps_tobira.book 95 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-95...
  • Page 533 asieps_tobira.book 96 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AT:DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the presence of misfire occurrence. (Revolution fluctuation method) Monitoring Misfire which influences exhaust deterioration (1.5 times of FTP) and catalyst damage is made obligatory by the law.
  • Page 534 asieps_tobira.book 97 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Map 3 MT (Vehicle speed < 64.4km/h (40 MPH)) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6400 25.6 23.1 20.0 20.0 20.0 21.6 26.4 28.0 29.5 32.4...
  • Page 535 asieps_tobira.book 98 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION As shown in the following figure, pick a cylinder as the standard and name it omg 0. And the former crank- shaft position speed is named omg 1, the second former crankshaft position speed is named omg 2, the third is named omg 3, etc.
  • Page 536 asieps_tobira.book 99 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 360° Interval Difference Method Diagnostic domg 360 = (omg 1 – omg 0) – (omg 3 – value omg 2) domg 360 > Judgment value → Judge as Misfire judg- ment misfire...
  • Page 537 asieps_tobira.book 100 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Time Needed for Diagnosis: 1000 engine revs. Malfunction Indicator Light Illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cy- cles. Catalyst damage misfire (Misfire occurrence level damaging catalyst) Judgment Value (Judge that malfunction occurs when the misfire ratio is high in 200 engine revs.
  • Page 538 asieps_tobira.book 101 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AU:DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0301. <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-96, DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MIS- FIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> AV:DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0301.
  • Page 539 asieps_tobira.book 102 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AX:DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of knock sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 540 asieps_tobira.book 103 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 0.238 V Output voltage Ignition switch 6.
  • Page 541 asieps_tobira.book 104 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AY:DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of knock sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 542 asieps_tobira.book 105 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Output voltage < 4.714 V Ignition switch 6.
  • Page 543 asieps_tobira.book 106 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION AZ:DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the crankshaft position sensor. Judge as NG when the crank signal is not input even though the starter was rotated. 2.
  • Page 544 asieps_tobira.book 107 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE Always perform the diagnosis continuously. 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 3 seconds.
  • Page 545 asieps_tobira.book 108 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BA:DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect for faults in crankshaft position sensor output properties. Judge as NG when there is a problem in the number of crankshaft signals for every revolution. 2.
  • Page 546 asieps_tobira.book 109 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions ≥ 8 V Battery voltage Engine speed < 4000 rpm 4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE Perform the diagnosis continuously under 4000 rpm engine speed. 5.
  • Page 547 asieps_tobira.book 110 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BB:DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SIN- GLE SENSOR) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the camshaft position sensor. Judge as NG when the number of camshaft signals remains abnormal.
  • Page 548 asieps_tobira.book 111 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the following malfunction criteria continues for 8 engine revolutions or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 8 V Voltage Number of camshaft sensor signals dur- Not = 2...
  • Page 549 asieps_tobira.book 112 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BC:DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFOR- MANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of camshaft position sensor output property. Judge as NG when the camshaft line signal input timing is shifted from the crankshaft signal because of tim- ing belt tooth chip etc.
  • Page 550 asieps_tobira.book 113 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions Cylinder number identification Completed ≥ 8 V Battery voltage Engine speed 550 — 1000 rpm Engine operation In idle Misfire Not detected 4.
  • Page 551 asieps_tobira.book 114 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BD:DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect EGR system malfunction. Intake manifold pressure (negative pressure) is constant because the throttle valve is fully closed during de- celeration fuel cut.
  • Page 552 asieps_tobira.book 115 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4. GENERAL DRIVING CYCLE During deceleration fuel cut from more than 53km/h (approx. 33MPH), perform diagnosis once. Be careful of vehicle speed and engine speed. (Diagnosis will not be completed if the vehicle speed and en- gine speed conditions become out of specification due to deceleration.) 5.
  • Page 553 asieps_tobira.book 116 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Malfunction Indicator Light Illumination: Illuminates when malfunction occurs in 2 continuous driving cy- cles. 2sec 1sec 1sec 50step PMON PMOF2 PMOF1 EN-02168 Deceleration fuel cut Intake manifold pressure (During Start diagnosis.
  • Page 554 asieps_tobira.book 117 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE A/F main learning = Not allowed. Knock learning = Not allowed. EGR control: Operation prohibited. 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING • Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) •...
  • Page 555 asieps_tobira.book 118 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BE:DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the deterioration of the catalyst function. Though the front oxygen sensor output would change slowly with a new catalyst, the sensor output with a de- teriorated catalyst becomes high and the inversion time is shortened.
  • Page 556 asieps_tobira.book 119 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Map 2 Add the following value every 512 milliseconds. Intake amount of 12.8 19.2 22.4 25.6 28.8 35.2 0 (0) air (g(oz)/s) (0.113) (0.226) (0.339) (0.451) (0.564) (0.677) (0.790) (0.903) (1.016)
  • Page 557 asieps_tobira.book 120 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BF:DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECT- ED (SMALL LEAK) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Check if there is a leakage in fuel system or not, and perform the function diagnosis of valve. (15) (14) (16)
  • Page 558 asieps_tobira.book 121 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 0.04-inch Diagnosis Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Early OK Large leakage judgement Cancel Mode Extend EN-02872 Mode Mode Description Diagnosis Period Mode Z Perform purge control solenoid valve opening failure diagnosis (Purge control solenoid valve open- from the size of tank pressure variation from diagnosis start.
  • Page 559 asieps_tobira.book 122 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Mode Table for Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis Behavior of tank internal pressure under Mode Diagnostic item normal conditions Roughly the same as atmospheric pres- Purge control solenoid valve is judged to Mode Z P0457 sure (Same as 0 kPa (0 mmHg, 0 inHg))
  • Page 560 asieps_tobira.book 123 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Pressure control solenoid valve PCV controls the fuel tank pressure to be equal to the atmospheric air pressure. Normally, the solenoid is set to OFF. The valve opens and closes mechanically in accordance with the pressure difference between tank and atmospheric air, or tank and canister.
  • Page 561 asieps_tobira.book 124 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Valve Operation and Air Flow In the figure below, divided by the diaphragm, the part above X is charged with atmospheric air pressure, and the part below X is charged with tank pressure. Also, the part above Y is charged with tank pressure, and the part below Y is charged with canister pressure.
  • Page 562 asieps_tobira.book 125 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION When B < C (solenoid OFF) EN-01718 Valve Atmospheric pressure Canister Fuel tank When Solenoid is ON EN-01719 Atmospheric pressure Fuel tank Canister GD(H4SO)-125...
  • Page 563 asieps_tobira.book 126 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Drain valve Drain valve controls the ambient air to be introduced to the canister. EN-02293 3. ENABLE CONDITION 0.04-inch Diagnosis Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions ≥ 10.9 V Battery voltage ≥...
  • Page 564 asieps_tobira.book 127 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 0.02-inch Diagnosis Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions (At starting a diagnosis) Evap. diagnosis Incomplete Battery voltage ≥ 10.9 V ≥ 75.1 kPa (563 mmHg, 22.2 inHg) Atmospheric pressure Time since last incomplete diagnosis event of 0.02-inch leakage When cancelling in mode A >...
  • Page 565 asieps_tobira.book 128 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Purge control solenoid valve stuck open fault diagnosis P0457 Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Cap Loose/Off) Purpose of Mode Z When performing the leakage diagnosis of EVAP system, the purge control solenoid valve must operate nor- mally.
  • Page 566 asieps_tobira.book 129 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Abnormality Judgment If OK judgment cannot be made, extend Mode Z 16 seconds more, and Judge as NG when all the criteria be- low are completed in 16 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value...
  • Page 567 asieps_tobira.book 130 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Purge control solenoid valve Open Fixation evptez evptezini evptezha EN-02870 Mode Z Fuel tank pressure No fuel sloshing for 40 seconds Extended mode Z 0.87 kPa (6.5 mmHg, 0.26 inHg) NG judgment 16 seconds 1.43 kPa (10.7 mmHg, 0.42 inHg)
  • Page 568 asieps_tobira.book 131 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Diagnostic method • The diagnostic method consists of creating a sealed vacuum in the fuel tank and then determining the presence of leakage from the speed at which the tank internal pressure returns to atmospheric pressure. •...
  • Page 569 asieps_tobira.book 132 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Map 7 Malfunction criteria limit for evaporation diagnosis 40°C 45°C Fuel temperature & Fuel level 25°C (77°F) 30°C (86°F) 35°C (95°F) (104°F) (113°F) 0.313 kPa 0.28 kPa 0.29 kPa 0.31 kPa (2.35 0.32 kPa...
  • Page 570 asieps_tobira.book 133 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Mode D: (Calculate the amount of negative pressure change) Monitor the tank pressure in mode D, calculate (P2) the pressure change in the tank, and measure the time (evpdset) for the tank pressure to return when calculation of P2 is completed.
  • Page 571 asieps_tobira.book 134 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Normality Judgment Judge as OK when the criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value > Value from Map 8 * Threshold value: Map (Fuel level vs. evpdset) Map 8 Malfunction criteria limit for evaporation diagnosis Time (evpdset) vs.
  • Page 572 asieps_tobira.book 135 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BG:DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the drain valve. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 573 asieps_tobira.book 136 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 2.5 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Ignition switch ≥...
  • Page 574 asieps_tobira.book 137 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BH:DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the drain valve. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 575 asieps_tobira.book 138 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 2.5 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Ignition switch ≥...
  • Page 576 asieps_tobira.book 139 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BI: DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the tank pressure sensor output property abnormality. Judge as NG when there is no pressure variation, which should exist in the tank, considering the engine sta- tus.
  • Page 577 asieps_tobira.book 140 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 16 times Number of times that the difference between the Max.
  • Page 578 asieps_tobira.book 141 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BJ:DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SEN- SOR LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the fuel tank pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 579 asieps_tobira.book 142 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 15 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≤...
  • Page 580 asieps_tobira.book 143 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BK:DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of the fuel tank pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 581 asieps_tobira.book 144 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes 15 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Fuel tank pressure >...
  • Page 582 asieps_tobira.book 145 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BN:DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the purge control solenoid valve. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 583 asieps_tobira.book 146 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 2.5 sec. Continuous time with the following condi- tions established: Duty ratio of “ON”...
  • Page 584 asieps_tobira.book 147 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BO:DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect open or short circuit of the purge control solenoid valve. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 585 asieps_tobira.book 148 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 2.5 sec. Continuous time with the following condi- tions established: ≥...
  • Page 586 asieps_tobira.book 149 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BP:DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect malfunctions of the fuel level sensor output property. If the fuel level does not vary in a particular driving condition / engine condition where it should, judge as NG. 2.
  • Page 587 asieps_tobira.book 150 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Accumulated amount of intake air > 331 kg (729.9 lb) Max.
  • Page 588 asieps_tobira.book 151 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BQ:DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of fuel level sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 589 asieps_tobira.book 152 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than time needed for diagnosis (2.5 seconds). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Ignition switch...
  • Page 590 asieps_tobira.book 153 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BR:DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR “A” CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of fuel level sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 591 asieps_tobira.book 154 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below exceeds the time re- quired for diagnosis (2.5 seconds). Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Ignition switch...
  • Page 592 asieps_tobira.book 155 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BS:DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the unstable output faults from the fuel level sensor caused by noise. Judge as NG when the max. val- ue and cumulative value of output voltage variation of the fuel level sensor is larger than the threshold value.
  • Page 593 asieps_tobira.book 156 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Calculate the Max. value (delflmax) and cumulative value (sumfl) of output voltage variation of fuel level sen- sor during 12.2 seconds. Judge it normal when both max. and cumulative values are not over the threshold value.
  • Page 594 asieps_tobira.book 157 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≥ 4 times Integrated times of the condition reach- ing follows, DELFLMAX ≥...
  • Page 595 asieps_tobira.book 158 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BT:DTC P0483 FAN RATIONALITY CHECK 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the function abnormality of the radiator fan. Judge as NG when the engine coolant temperature slowly decreases even when the radiator fan is rotating. 2.
  • Page 596 asieps_tobira.book 159 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BU:DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR “A” 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when outside of standard value. Judge NG when the received data from ABSCM&H/U is ab- normal, and the vehicle speed data is impossible.
  • Page 597 asieps_tobira.book 160 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Accelerator sensor signal process: Not allowed fully closed point learning. (Hold previous value) • Vehicle speed sensor signal process: Vehicle speed = 10 km/h (6 MPH) •...
  • Page 598 asieps_tobira.book 161 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BV:DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction that actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling. Judge as NG when actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling.
  • Page 599 asieps_tobira.book 162 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. FAIL SAFE None 8.
  • Page 600 asieps_tobira.book 163 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BW:DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction that actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling. Judge as NG when actual engine speed is not close to target engine speed during idling.
  • Page 601 asieps_tobira.book 164 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. FAIL SAFE None 8.
  • Page 602 asieps_tobira.book 165 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BX:DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of starter SW. Judge as ON NG when the starter SW signal remains ON. 2.
  • Page 603 asieps_tobira.book 166 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BY:DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Item OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS P0513 Incorrect Immobilizer Key Incorrect immobilizer key (Use of unregistered key in body inte- grated unit) P1570 Antenna Faulty antenna...
  • Page 604 asieps_tobira.book 167 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION BZ:DTC P0519 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction that engine speed increases more than that in normal condition during idling. 2. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions ≥...
  • Page 605 asieps_tobira.book 168 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CA:DTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect malfunction of CAN communication. When CAN communications is not possible, and CAN communications with AT is not possible, judge as NG if data from the AT is not normal.
  • Page 606 asieps_tobira.book 169 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CB:DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of microcomputer (RAM). When there is a problem in the main CPU normal RAM, or the sub CPU normal RAM, judge as NG. Judge as OK when both are operating properly.
  • Page 607 asieps_tobira.book 170 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 6. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 608 asieps_tobira.book 171 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CC:DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when SUM value of ROM is outside the standard value. 2. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions Ignition switch...
  • Page 609 asieps_tobira.book 172 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CD:DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when either the following is completed. • When the read value of throttle position sensor 1 signal is mismatched between main CPU and sub CPU. •...
  • Page 610 asieps_tobira.book 173 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions (1) Ignition switch (2) Ignition switch (3) None — (4) None — (5) Throttle opening angle (6) Brake switch (only with cruise control) ON (7) None —...
  • Page 611 asieps_tobira.book 174 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-174...
  • Page 612 asieps_tobira.book 175 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CE:DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the target opening angle and actual opening angle is mismatched or the current to motor is more than specified duty for specified time continuously.
  • Page 613 asieps_tobira.book 176 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION Details of Judgment Value (25.0) (12.0) (5.0) (3.5) 5 (6.15) 25 (26.65) (9.65) (14.65) EN-03129 Difference between target opening Target throttle opening angle (°) NG area angle and actual opening angle (°) Details of Judgment (The actual opening angle ≤...
  • Page 614 asieps_tobira.book 177 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE Stop the continuity to the electronic control throttle motor. (Throttle opening is fixed to 6°.) 9. ECM OPERATION AT DTC SETTING Memorize the freeze frame data. (For test mode $02) GD(H4SO)-177...
  • Page 615 asieps_tobira.book 178 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CF:DTC P0691 FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of radiator fan circuit. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 616 asieps_tobira.book 179 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CG:DTC P0692 FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of radiator fan circuit. Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 617 asieps_tobira.book 180 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CH:DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when there is CAN communication with the AT and there is a MIL lighting request. 2.
  • Page 618 asieps_tobira.book 181 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CI: DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge the open or short circuit of the neutral SW. Judge as NG when the ECM neutral terminal input differs from the reception data from TCM. 2.
  • Page 619 asieps_tobira.book 182 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CJ:DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge the open or short circuit of the neutral SW. Judge as NG when there is no change in the neutral SW even if the driving shift was applied. (There is neutral SW ON/OFF inversion from the vehicle speed and engine speed.) 2.
  • Page 620 asieps_tobira.book 183 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CK:DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge the open or short circuit of the neutral SW. Judge as NG when the ECM neutral terminal input differs from the reception data from TCM. 2.
  • Page 621 asieps_tobira.book 184 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CL:DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge the open or short circuit of the neutral SW. Judge as NG when there is no change in the neutral SW even if the driving shift was applied. (There is neutral SW ON/OFF inversion from the vehicle speed and engine speed.) 2.
  • Page 622 asieps_tobira.book 185 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CM:DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK1 SENSOR1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect that λ value remains low. Judge as NG when lambda value is abnormal in accordance with λ value of front oxygen (A/F) sensor and running conditions such as vehicle speed, amount of intake air, engine coolant temperature, sub feedback control, etc.
  • Page 623 asieps_tobira.book 186 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions All secondary parameters enable condi- 4 seconds or more tions Battery voltage > 10.9 V Atmospheric pressure > 75.1 kPa (563 mmHg, 22.2 inHg) Rear oxygen sensor sub feedback Execution...
  • Page 624 asieps_tobira.book 187 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Front oxygen sensor (A/F) sensor main learning compensation: Not allowed to calculate. • Front oxygen (A/F) sensor sub learning compensation: Not allowed to calculate. •...
  • Page 625 asieps_tobira.book 188 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CN:DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK1 SENSOR1) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect that λ value remains high. Judge as NG when lambda value is abnormal in accordance with λ value of front oxygen (A/F) sensor and running conditions such as vehicle speed, amount of intake air, engine coolant temperature, sub feedback control, etc.
  • Page 626 asieps_tobira.book 189 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. ENABLE CONDITION Secondary Parameters Enable Conditions All secondary parameters enable condi- 4 seconds or more tions Battery voltage > 10.9 V Atmospheric pressure > 75.1 kPa (563 mmHg, 22.2 inHg) Rear oxygen sensor sub feedback Execution...
  • Page 627 asieps_tobira.book 190 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 8. FAIL SAFE • Front oxygen sensor (A/F) sensor main learning compensation: Not allowed to calculate. • Front oxygen (A/F) sensor sub learning compensation: Not allowed to calculate. •...
  • Page 628 asieps_tobira.book 191 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CO:DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the valve is opened more than the default opening angle, but does not move to the close direction with the motor power stopped.
  • Page 629 asieps_tobira.book 192 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 8.
  • Page 630 asieps_tobira.book 193 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CP:DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of pressure control solenoid valve. Judge as NG when ECM output level is different from actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 631 asieps_tobira.book 194 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 632 asieps_tobira.book 195 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CQ:DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of pressure control solenoid valve. Judge as NG when ECM output level is different from actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 633 asieps_tobira.book 196 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 634 asieps_tobira.book 197 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CR:DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the abnormal function (stuck closed) of the drain valve. Judge as NG when fuel tank pressure is low. 2.
  • Page 635 asieps_tobira.book 198 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 3 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value ≤...
  • Page 636 asieps_tobira.book 199 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CS:DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the blow-by hose release abnormality. Judge as NG when the diagnosis terminal voltage is high. 2.
  • Page 637 asieps_tobira.book 200 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than 2.5 seconds. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Battery voltage >...
  • Page 638 asieps_tobira.book 201 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CT:DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS • Detects open or short circuit of EGR. • Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 639 asieps_tobira.book 202 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the predetermined time. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Terminal voltage level when ECM out- Low level...
  • Page 640 asieps_tobira.book 203 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CU:DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS • Detects open or short circuit of EGR. • Judge as NG when the ECM output level differs from the actual terminal level. 2.
  • Page 641 asieps_tobira.book 204 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Abnormality Judgment Judge as NG when the continuous time of completing the malfunction criteria below becomes more than the predetermined time. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Terminal voltage level when ECM out- High level...
  • Page 642 asieps_tobira.book 205 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION CV:DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) NOTE: For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1492. <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-201, DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Cri- teria.>...
  • Page 643 asieps_tobira.book 206 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DB:DTC P1518 STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of starter SW. Judge as OFF NG when the engine starts without starter ON experience. 2.
  • Page 644 asieps_tobira.book 207 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DC:DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of back-up power supply circuit. Judge as NG when the backup voltage becomes smaller than the battery voltage. 2.
  • Page 645 asieps_tobira.book 208 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DD:DTC P1570 ANTENNA 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS For the detection standard, refer to DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY. <Ref. to GD(H4SO)-166, DTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.> DE:DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY 1.
  • Page 646 asieps_tobira.book 209 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DK:DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of fuel system from the amount of sub feedback control. Sub feedback learning control is being performed and when the learning value goes to the lean side, judge as NG.
  • Page 647 asieps_tobira.book 210 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as NG when the continuous time with the following criteria established is 5 seconds or more. Judge as OK when the continuous time with the following criteria not established is 5 seconds or more. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value...
  • Page 648 asieps_tobira.book 211 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DL:DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of fuel system from the amount of sub feedback control. Sub feedback learning control is being performed and when the learning value goes to the rich side, judge as NG.
  • Page 649 asieps_tobira.book 212 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 650 asieps_tobira.book 213 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DM:DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/ PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the motor current becomes large or drive circuit is heated. 2. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EN-01867 Engine control module (ECM) Drive circuit...
  • Page 651 asieps_tobira.book 214 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Motor current ≤ 8 A ≤...
  • Page 652 asieps_tobira.book 215 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DN:DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the electronic throttle control power is not supplied even when ECM sets the electric con- trol throttle relay to ON.
  • Page 653 asieps_tobira.book 216 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 654 asieps_tobira.book 217 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DO:DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the electronic throttle control power is supplied even when ECM sets the electric throttle control relay to OFF.
  • Page 655 asieps_tobira.book 218 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Motor power voltage ≤ 5 V Time Needed for Diagnosis: •...
  • Page 656 asieps_tobira.book 219 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DP:DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR “A” MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when full close point learning cannot conducted or abnormal value is detected. 2.
  • Page 657 asieps_tobira.book 220 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6. DTC CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK idling cycle is completed 40 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION •...
  • Page 658 asieps_tobira.book 221 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DQ:DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 659 asieps_tobira.book 222 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 8. FAIL SAFE • Single malfunction: Control with normal sensor • Simultaneous failure: Throttle opening is fixed to 6°. 9.
  • Page 660 asieps_tobira.book 223 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DR:DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 661 asieps_tobira.book 224 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 8.
  • Page 662 asieps_tobira.book 225 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DS:DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 663 asieps_tobira.book 226 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 8.
  • Page 664 asieps_tobira.book 227 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DT:DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “E” CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open or short circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 665 asieps_tobira.book 228 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT CLEAR CONDITION • When the OK driving cycle is completed 3 times in a row • When “Clear Memory” is performed (Only with engine stopped) 8.
  • Page 666 asieps_tobira.book 229 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DU:DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “A”/“B” VOLT- AGE CORRELATION 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the signal level of throttle position sensor 1 is different from the throttle position sensor 2. 2.
  • Page 667 asieps_tobira.book 230 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Signal difference between two sensors ≤...
  • Page 668 asieps_tobira.book 231 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DV:DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH “D”/“E” VOLT- AGE CORRELATION 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Judge as NG when the signal level of throttle position sensor 1 is different from the throttle position sensor 2. 2.
  • Page 669 asieps_tobira.book 232 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. DIAGNOSTIC METHOD Judge as OK and clear the NG when the malfunction criteria below are met. Judgment Value Malfunction Criteria Threshold Value Signal difference between two sensors ≤...
  • Page 670 asieps_tobira.book 233 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DW:DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the malfunction of atmospheric pressure sensor output property. Judge as NG when the atmospheric pressure sensor output is largely different from the intake manifold pres- sure at engine starting.
  • Page 671 asieps_tobira.book 234 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DX:DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of the atmospheric pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 672 asieps_tobira.book 235 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION DY:DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH 1. OUTLINE OF DIAGNOSIS Detect the open/short circuit of the atmospheric pressure sensor. Judge as NG if it is out of specification. 2.
  • Page 673 asieps_tobira.book 236 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria GENERAL DESCRIPTION GD(H4SO)-236...
  • Page 674 (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO U5) MECHANICAL ME(H4SO U5) This service manual has been prepared to provide SUBARU service personnel EXHAUST EX(H4SO U5) with the necessary information and data for the correct maintenance and repair of SUBARU vehicles.
  • Page 675 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分...
  • Page 676 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4SO U5) Page General Description ...................2...
  • Page 677 asieps_tobira.book 53 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Sub Level Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 26.Fuel Sub Level Sensor 6) Remove the nuts and bolts which install fuel sub level sensor on fuel tank. A: REMOVAL WARNING: • Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area. •...
  • Page 678 asieps_tobira.book 54 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Filter FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 27.Fuel Filter A: SPECIFICATION Fuel filter forms a single unit with fuel pump. Refer to “Fuel Pump” for removal and installation. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-50, REMOVAL, Fuel Pump.> <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-50, INSTALLATION, Fuel Pump.>...
  • Page 679 asieps_tobira.book 38 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Pump Relay FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 19.Fuel Pump Relay A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the glove box. <Ref. to EI-51, REMOV- AL, Glove Box.> 3) Remove the harness cover (A). FU-02092 4) Disconnect the connector from fuel pump relay.
  • Page 680 asieps_tobira.book 32 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 15.Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor B: INSTALLATION 1) Before installing front oxygen (A/F) sensor, ap- A: REMOVAL ply anti-seize compound only to the threaded por- 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. tion of front oxygen (A/F) sensor to make the next removal easier.
  • Page 681 asieps_tobira.book 33 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 6) Connect the battery ground cable to the battery. IN-00203 FU(H4SO)-33...
  • Page 682 asieps_tobira.book 22 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Knock Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 7. Knock Sensor B: INSTALLATION 1) Install the knock sensor to cylinder block. A: REMOVAL NOTE: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. Extraction area of knock sensor cord must be posi- tioned at a 60°...
  • Page 683 asieps_tobira.book 30 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Variable Valve Lift Diagnosis Oil Pressure Switch FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 13.Variable Valve Lift Diagnosis B: INSTALLATION Oil Pressure Switch Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: A: REMOVAL Apply liquid gasket to the variable valve lift diagno- 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery.
  • Page 684 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 4. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the generator. <Ref. to SC(H4SO)-21, REMOVAL, Generator.> 3) Disconnect the connectors from the engine cool- ant temperature sensor.
  • Page 685 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Throttle Body FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 2. Throttle Body A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the air intake chamber. <Ref. to IN(H4SO)-7, REMOVAL, Air Intake Chamber.> 3) Disconnect the connectors from throttle position sensor and manifold absolute pressure sensor.
  • Page 686 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Contents Specification Capacity 64 2 (16.9 US gal, 14.1 Imp gal) Fuel tank Install locations Under rear seat Type Impeller Shutoff discharge pressure 550 — 850 kPa (5.6 — 8.7 kg/cm , 79.7 —...
  • Page 687 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) B: COMPONENT 1. INTAKE MANIFOLD (18) (18) (17) (10) (17) (11) (21) (15) (13) (12) (15) (14) (13) (16) (12) (20) (14) (15) (15) (13) (13) (12) (12) (14) (14) (19) FU-03199 FU(H4SO)-3...
  • Page 688 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) Intake manifold (11) Fuel injector pipe RH (20) Fuel injector pipe LH Gasket (12) Fuel injector (21) Gasket Intake manifold (Lower) (13) O-ring Gasket (14) O-ring Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Nipple (15) O-ring...
  • Page 689 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 3. CRANKSHAFT POSITION, CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS FU-00414 Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor Knock sensor Camshaft position sensor support T1: 6.4 (0.65, 4.7) T2: 24 (2.4, 17.4) FU(H4SO)-5...
  • Page 690 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 4. FUEL TANK (28) (29) (17) (17) (27) (15) (16) (17) (17) (14) (19) (10) (17) (15) (26) (17) (25) (17) (12) (18) (17) (30) (11) (13) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) FU-02827...
  • Page 691 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) Fuel tank (13) Fuel sub level sensor gasket (25) Evaporation hose B Fuel tank band RH (14) Fuel filler hose (26) Connector Fuel tank band LH (15) Clamp (27) Evaporation hose C Delivery tube (16) Evaporation hose A...
  • Page 692 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 5. FUEL LINE (23) (25) (24) (26) (19) (28) (21) (20) (27) (22) (17) (16) (15) (32) (35) (18) (14) (30) (31) (29) (12) (13) (11) (11) (11) (11) (10) FU-02828 FU(H4SO)-8...
  • Page 693 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) Clamp (14) Canister (27) Fuel tank pressure sensor Fuel damper valve (15) Drain Valve (28) Evaporation pipe protector Evaporation hose A (16) Drain filter (29) Connector A Clip (17) Canister protector (30) Canister hose A Fuel delivery hose A...
  • Page 694 asieps_tobira.book 36 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 17.Engine Control Module (ECM) B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. A: REMOVAL CAUTION: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. • When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use the ECM for wrong specifications to avoid any damage to fuel injection system.
  • Page 695 asieps_tobira.book 47 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Filler Pipe FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 23.Fuel Filler Pipe 9) Remove the bolts which hold fuel filler pipe bracket on the body. A: REMOVAL WARNING: • Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area. • Be careful not to spill fuel. 1) Disconnect the ground cable from battery.
  • Page 696 asieps_tobira.book 48 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Filler Pipe FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) B: INSTALLATION ( 2 ) ( 3 ) 1) Open the fuel filler flap lid. ( 1 ) 2) Set the fuel saucer (A) with rubber packing (C), and insert the fuel filler pipe into hole from the inner side of apron.
  • Page 697 asieps_tobira.book 49 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Filler Pipe FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 10) Connect the battery ground cable to the bat- 3) Remove the shut valve from the fuel filler pipe. tery. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-14, REMOVAL, Shut Valve.> E: ASSEMBLY 1) Install the shut pipe to the fuel filler pipe. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-14, INSTALLATION, Shut Valve.>...
  • Page 698 asieps_tobira.book 59 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel System Trouble in General FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 30.Fuel System Trouble in General A: INSPECTION Trouble and possible cause Corrective action 1. Insufficient fuel supply to injector Fuel pump does not operate. Inspect contact, especially ground, and tighten it Defective terminal contact securely.
  • Page 699 asieps_tobira.book 60 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel System Trouble in General FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) FU(H4SO)-60...
  • Page 700 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) EC(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Front Catalytic Converter ................3 Rear Catalytic Converter ................4 Canister ......................5 Purge Control Solenoid Valve ..............6 EGR Valve ....................7 Fuel Level Sensor ..................8 Fuel Temperature Sensor ................9 Fuel Sub Level Sensor ................10 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor ..............11 Pressure Control Solenoid Valve .............12...
  • Page 701 asieps_tobira.book 31 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Temperature Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 14.Oil Temperature Sensor A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the air intake chamber. <Ref. to IN(H4SO)-7, REMOVAL, Air Intake Chamber.> 3) Remove the engine harness connector from the bracket.
  • Page 702 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 EGR Valve FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 11.EGR Valve A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Disconnect the connector from the EGR valve. FU-01152 3) Remove the EGR valve from intake manifold. FU-01153 B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
  • Page 703 asieps_tobira.book 41 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 22.Fuel Tank 8) Remove the service hole cover of fuel sub level sensor. A: REMOVAL (1) Remove bolt (A). (2) Push the grommet (B) down and remove the WARNING: service hole cover. •...
  • Page 704 asieps_tobira.book 42 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 14) Remove the grommet and disconnect the quick 23) Disconnect the connector from the rear ABS connector of the evaporation pipe. <Ref. to wheel speed sensor. FU(H4SO)-56, REMOVAL, Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines.>...
  • Page 705 asieps_tobira.book 43 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) (3) Remove the bolts which secure the rear sus- 28) Disconnect the fuel filler hose (A) and evapora- pension assembly to the body. tion hose (B). FU-01133 FU-02394 29) Support the fuel tank with a transmission jack, remove the bolts from the fuel tank band, and re- move the fuel tank from the vehicle.
  • Page 706 asieps_tobira.book 44 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 2) Securely insert the fuel filler hose (A) and Evap- 5) Connect the connector. oration hose (B) to the specified position, then tight- en the clamp. FU-02392 6) Install the rear suspension assembly. FU-02394 CAUTION: A helper is required to perform this work.
  • Page 707 asieps_tobira.book 45 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) (3) Tighten the bolts which hold the rear shock 8) Connect the connector to the rear ABS wheel absorber to the rear suspension arm. <Ref. to speed sensor. RS-10, INSTALLATION, Rear Arm.> Tightening torque: 62 N·m (6.3 kgf-m, 46 ft-lb) FU-02894...
  • Page 708 asieps_tobira.book 46 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Tank FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 19) Install the pipe protector. 25) Connect connector (A), and install clip (B). Tightening torque: T1: 1.0 N·m (0.1 kgf-m, 0.7 ft-lb) T2: 7.5 N·m (0.8 kgf-m, 5.5 ft-lb) FU-02389 26) Connect the connector to the fuel pump.
  • Page 709 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Throttle Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 8. Throttle Position Sensor A: SPECIFICATION Throttle body is a non-disassembled part, so do not remove the throttle position sensor from throttle body. Refer to “Throttle Body” for removal and installation procedure.
  • Page 710 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 10.Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensor A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Disconnect the connectors from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor.
  • Page 711 asieps_tobira.book 34 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Rear Oxygen Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 16.Rear Oxygen Sensor B: INSTALLATION 1) Before installing rear oxygen sensor, apply the A: REMOVAL anti-seize compound only to the threaded portion of 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. rear oxygen sensor to make the next removal eas- ier.
  • Page 712 asieps_tobira.book 35 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Rear Oxygen Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 6) Connect the battery ground cable to the battery. IN-00203 FU(H4SO)-35...
  • Page 713 asieps_tobira.book 37 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Main Relay FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 18.Main Relay A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the glove box. <Ref. to EI-51, REMOV- AL, Glove Box.> 3) Remove the harness cover (A). FU-02092 4) Disconnect the connectors from main relay.
  • Page 714 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 3. Intake Manifold 9) Disconnect the PCV hose (A) from intake mani- fold. A: REMOVAL 10) Disconnect the engine harness connectors (B) 1) Release the fuel pressure. from bulkhead harness connectors. <Ref.
  • Page 715 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 15) Disconnect the connector from the oil pressure 18) Disconnect the fuel hoses from fuel pipe. switch (B). (1) Disconnect the quick connector on the fuel delivery line by pushing the ST in the direction of the arrow.
  • Page 716 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) B: INSTALLATION 6) Connect the connector to the oil pressure switch (B). 1) Install the intake manifold onto cylinder heads. NOTE: Use a new gasket. Tightening torque: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf-m, 18.1 ft-lb) FU-02435 7) Connect the connector to crankshaft position sensor.
  • Page 717 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 11) Connect the engine harness connectors (B) to 18) Connect the battery ground cable to the bat- bulkhead harness connectors. tery. IN-00203 FU-02712 C: DISASSEMBLY 12) Connect the brake booster hose (A). 1) Disconnect the engine ground terminal from in- take manifold.
  • Page 718 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 6) Remove the fuel pipe protector LH. 12) Remove the bolts which hold engine harness to intake manifold. FU-02325 FU-01097 7) Remove the fuel pipe protector RH. 13) Remove the engine harness from intake mani- fold.
  • Page 719 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) D: ASSEMBLY 16) Disconnect the quick connector that fastens the fuel injector pipe RH to the fuel pipe. NOTE: When assembling the nipple, apply liquid gasket. Liquid gasket: THREE BOND 1105 (Part No.004403010) 1) Install the intake manifold.
  • Page 720 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 4) Connect the fuel injector pipe RH to the fuel Tightening torque: pipe. 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb) NOTE: Connect the quick connector securely. FU-02719 7) Install the engine harness onto the intake mani- fold.
  • Page 721 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 12) Hold the engine harness to injector pipe by har- Tightening torque: ness band (B). 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb) FU-02729 FU-02723 13) Install the fuel pipe protector RH. 16) Install the EGR valve.
  • Page 722 asieps_tobira.book 40 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 21.Fuel 6) Set a container under the vehicle and remove the drain plug from fuel tank to drain fuel from fuel A: PROCEDURE tank. 1. RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE WARNING: • Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area. •...
  • Page 723 asieps_tobira.book 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Injector FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 12.Fuel Injector 9) Remove the bolt which holds fuel injector pipe onto intake manifold. A: REMOVAL 1. RH SIDE 1) Release the fuel pressure. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-40, RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE, PROCEDURE, Fuel.>...
  • Page 724 asieps_tobira.book 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Injector FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) B: INSTALLATION 8) Remove the bolt which holds fuel injector pipe onto intake manifold. 1. RH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Use new O-rings. FU-02718 FU-02157 (A) O-ring (B) O-ring (C) Fuel injector...
  • Page 725 asieps_tobira.book 29 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Injector FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 2. LH SIDE Tightening torque: 19 N·m (1.9 kgf-m, 14.0 ft-lb) Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Use new O-rings. FU-02325 FU-02157 (A) O-ring (B) O-ring (C) Fuel injector (D) O-ring Tightening torque: 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb)
  • Page 726 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Crankshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 5. Crankshaft Position Sensor B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. A: REMOVAL Tightening torque: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. T: 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb) IN-00203 FU-00058 2) Remove the generator.
  • Page 727 asieps_tobira.book 55 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Damper Valve FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 28.Fuel Damper Valve A: REMOVAL 1) Release the fuel pressure. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)- 40, RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE, PROCE- DURE, Fuel.> 2) Remove the fuel damper valve from the fuel de- livery line.
  • Page 728 asieps_tobira.book 56 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 29.Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Release the fuel pressure. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-40, RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE, PROCEDURE, Fuel.>...
  • Page 729 asieps_tobira.book 57 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) B: INSTALLATION 9) Separate the quick connector of fuel line. (1) Clean the pipe and connector, if they are 1) Connect the quick connector on fuel line. covered with dust.
  • Page 730 asieps_tobira.book 58 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Delivery and Evaporation Lines FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 2) Connect the fuel delivery hose to the pipe with 3) Connect the evaporation hose to the pipe with an overlap of 20 to 25 mm (0.79 to 0.98 in). an overlap of approx.
  • Page 731 asieps_tobira.book 50 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Pump FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 24.Fuel Pump 7) Remove the nuts which install fuel pump assem- bly onto fuel tank. A: REMOVAL WARNING: • Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area. • Be careful not to spill fuel. NOTE: Fuel pump assembly consists of fuel pump and fuel level sensor.
  • Page 732 asieps_tobira.book 51 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Pump FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) C: INSPECTION Connect the lead harness to the connector terminal of fuel pump, and apply the battery power supply to check whether the pump operates. WARNING: • Wipe off fuel completely. •...
  • Page 733 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Camshaft Position Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 6. Camshaft Position Sensor 6) Remove the camshaft position sensor from the support. A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. FU-00179 B: INSTALLATION IN-00203 Install in the reverse order of removal. 2) Disconnect the connector from camshaft posi- Tightening torque: tion sensor.
  • Page 734 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 9. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Disconnect the connector from manifold abso- lute pressure sensor. FU-02728 3) Remove the manifold absolute pressure sensor from throttle body.
  • Page 735 asieps_tobira.book 39 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electronic Throttle Control Relay FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 20.Electronic Throttle Control Relay A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-00203 2) Remove the glove box. <Ref. to EI-51, REMOV- AL, Glove Box.> 3) Remove the harness cover (A). FU-02092 4) Disconnect the connector from electric throttle control relay.
  • Page 736 asieps_tobira.book 52 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Level Sensor FUEL INJECTION (FUEL SYSTEMS) 25.Fuel Level Sensor A: REMOVAL WARNING: • Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working area. • Be careful not to spill fuel. NOTE: The fuel level sensor is built in fuel pump assembly. 1) Remove the fuel pump assembly.
  • Page 737 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description IGNITION 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Item Specification Engine Model 2.5 L SOHC Non-turbo Type FH 0286 Ignition coil and ignitor assembly Manufacturer Diamond Electric Secondary coil resistance 11.2 kΩ±15% Manufacturer and type NGK: FR5AP-11 Thread size (diameter, pitch, length) 14, 1.25, 19 Spark plug...
  • Page 738 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description IGNITION C: CAUTION • Wear appropriate work clothing, including a cap, protective goggles and protective shoes when per- forming any work. • Remove contamination including dirt and corro- sion before removal, installation or disassembly. •...
  • Page 739 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Spark Plug IGNITION 2. Spark Plug 2. LH SIDE 1) Remove the battery. <Ref. to SC(H4SO)-27, A: REMOVAL REMOVAL, Battery.> CAUTION: 2) Remove the spark plug cords by pulling the boot. All spark plugs installed on an engine must be (Do not pull the cord itself.) of the same heat range.
  • Page 740 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Spark Plug IGNITION C: INSPECTION 3) Oil fouled: Wet black deposits show excessive oil entrance Check the electrodes and inner and outer ceramic into combustion chamber through worn rings and insulator of plugs, noting the type of deposits and pistons or excessive clearance between valve the degree of electrode erosion.
  • Page 741 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Spark Plug IGNITION D: ADJUSTMENT Clean the spark plugs using a wire brush. Clean and remove the carbon or oxide deposits. But do not wear away ceramic insulator at this time. If deposits are too stubborn, replace the spark plugs.
  • Page 742 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly IGNITION 3. Ignition Coil and Ignitor As- C: INSPECTION sembly Check the following items using a tester. Replace if defective. A: REMOVAL Secondary coil resistance 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. CAUTION: •...
  • Page 743 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Air Cleaner Case INTAKE (INDUCTION) 3. Air Cleaner Case 6) Remove the air cleaner case (rear) and air cleaner element. A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. IN-02192 7) Remove the bolts (A) and nut (B) which secure IN-00203 the air cleaner case to body.
  • Page 744 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Air Cleaner Case INTAKE (INDUCTION) B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. Tightening torque: Bolt (A): 6.0 N·m (0.6 kgf-m, 4.4 ft-lb) Nut (B): 7.5 N·m (0.76 kgf-m, 5.5 ft-lb) IN-00208 NOTE: Fasten with a clip after inserting the lower tab of case.
  • Page 745 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Air Intake Duct INTAKE (INDUCTION) 5. Air Intake Duct A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the clip which installs the air intake duct on the front side of body. 2) Remove the air intake duct. IN-02082 B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal.
  • Page 746 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Spark Plug Cord IGNITION 4. Spark Plug Cord A: INSPECTION Check the following items. • Damage to cords, deformation, burning or rust formation of terminals • Resistance value of cords Specified resistance: Ω #1 cord: 7.1— 12.1 k Ω...
  • Page 747 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS SC(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Starter ......................6 Generator ....................21 Battery ......................27...
  • Page 748 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Resonator Chamber INTAKE (INDUCTION) 6. Resonator Chamber A: REMOVAL The resonator chamber and air cleaner case are in- tegrated into one unit; therefore, refer to “Air Clean- er Case” for the removal procedure. <Ref. to IN(H4SO)-5, REMOVAL, Air Cleaner Case.> B: INSTALLATION The resonator chamber and air cleaner case are in- tegrated into one unit;...
  • Page 749 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Resonator Chamber INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO)-10...

  • Page 750: V-Belt

    asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 MECHANICAL ME(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Compression ....................20 Idle Speed ....................21 Ignition Timing ..................22 Intake Manifold Vacuum ................23 Engine Oil Pressure .................24 Fuel Pressure ...................25 Valve Clearance ..................26 Engine Assembly ..................28 Engine Mounting ..................34 Preparation for Overhaul ................35 V-belt ......................36 Crank Pulley .....................38 Timing Belt Cover ..................39...
  • Page 751 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Air Intake Chamber INTAKE (INDUCTION) 4. Air Intake Chamber A: REMOVAL 1) Loosen the clamp (A) which connects air intake chamber to throttle body. 2) Loosen the clamp (B) which connects the duct to air intake chamber. 3) Remove the bolt (C) which secures air intake chamber to the stay.
  • Page 752 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Air Cleaner Element INTAKE (INDUCTION) 2. Air Cleaner Element B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. A: REMOVAL NOTE: 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. Fasten with a clip after inserting the lower tab of case.
  • Page 753 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description INTAKE (INDUCTION) 1. General Description A: COMPONENT (15) (14) (14) (13) (12) (13) (11) (10) (18) (19) (16) (17) (21) (20) IN-02165 IN(H4SO)-2...
  • Page 754 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description INTAKE (INDUCTION) Air intake duct (11) Intake duct (21) Mass air flow and intake air tem- perature sensor Clip (12) Clamp Resonator chamber (13) Cushion Air cleaner case (front) (14) Spacer Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Spacer (15) Air intake chamber...

  • Page 755: Timing Belt

    asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pump LUBRICATION 4. Oil Pump 11) Remove the timing belt guide. (MT model) A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. LU-00013 12) Remove the crank sprocket. IN-00203 2) Lift-up the vehicle. 3) Remove the under cover. 4) Lower the vehicle.
  • Page 756 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pump LUBRICATION 14) Remove the oil pump by using flat tip screw- 5) Install the oil pump. driver. 6) Apply liquid gasket to the three bolts thread. (if the bolts are reused) CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch mating surfaces of Liquid gasket: cylinder block and oil pump.
  • Page 757 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pump LUBRICATION C: DISASSEMBLY D: ASSEMBLY Remove the screw which secures oil pump cover 1) Assemble the front oil seal by using ST. and then disassemble oil pump. Inscribe alignment ST 499587100 OIL SEAL INSTALLER marks on the inner and outer rotors so that they can NOTE: be replaced in their original positions during reas-...
  • Page 758 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pump LUBRICATION E: INSPECTION 5) Assemble the oil pump cover. Tightening torque: 1. TIP CLEARANCE T1: 5.4 N·m (0.55 kgf-m, 4.0 ft-lb) Measure the tip clearance of rotors. If the clearance T2: 44 N·m (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 ft-lb) exceeds the limit, replace rotors as a matched set.
  • Page 759 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pump LUBRICATION 3. SIDE CLEARANCE Measure the clearance between oil pump inner ro- tor and oil pump cover. If the clearance exceeds the limit, replace rotor or oil pump case. Side clearance: Standard: 0.02 — 0.07 mm (0.0008 — 0.0028 in) LU-00025 4.
  • Page 760 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pan and Strainer LUBRICATION 5. Oil Pan and Strainer 8) Support the engine with a lifting device and wire ropes. A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Remove the front wheels. 3) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. LU-00222 9) Lift-up the vehicle.
  • Page 761 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pan and Strainer LUBRICATION 17) Remove the baffle plate. 3) Install the oil strainer onto baffle plate. NOTE: Replace the O-ring with a new part. Tightening torque: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 ft-lb) 4) Apply liquid gasket to the mating surfaces, and install the oil pan.
  • Page 762 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pan and Strainer LUBRICATION 7) Tighten the nuts which install front cushion rub- 13) Install the hood stay holder (A) and radiator up- ber onto front crossmember. per brackets (B). NOTE: Make sure the front cushion rubber mounting bolts (A) and locator (B) are securely installed.
  • Page 763 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Oil Filter LUBRICATION 7. Engine Oil Filter B: INSTALLATION 1) Clean the oil filter installation surface on cylinder A: REMOVAL block or oil cooler. 1) Lift-up the vehicle. 2) Obtain a new oil filter and apply a thin coat of en- 2) Remove the clip.
  • Page 764 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Oil LUBRICATION 3. Engine Oil B: REPLACEMENT 1) Open the engine oil filler cap for quick draining of A: INSPECTION engine oil. 1) Park the vehicle on a level surface. 2) Lift-up the vehicle. 2) Remove the oil level gauge and wipe away the 3) Drain engine oil by loosening the engine oil drain oil.
  • Page 765 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Oil LUBRICATION 8) After the engine stops, recheck the oil level. If necessary, add engine oil up to the upper level on level gauge. LU-00213 (A) Oil level gauge (B) Engine oil filler cap (C) Upper level (D) Lower level (E) Approx.
  • Page 766 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pressure System LUBRICATION 2. Oil Pressure System A: WIRING DIAGRAM IGNITION BATTERY B108 SWITCH No.14 SBF-4 SBF-1 COMBINATION METER B200 : NON-TURBO MODEL : TURBO MODEL OIL PRESSURE SWITCH : TB B22 : NA 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4...
  • Page 767 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pressure System LUBRICATION B: INSPECTION Step Check CHECK COMBINATION METER. Does the warning light illumi- Go to step 2. Repair or replace 1) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine nate? the combination OFF). meter. <Ref. to IDI- 2) Check other warning lights.
  • Page 768 ILSAC standard GF-4 “starburst mark” dis- sure to use an oil with an API standard and SAE played on container top. viscosity number specified by Subaru. NOTE: If the vehicle is used in regions with high tempera- SAE (1)
  • Page 769 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description LUBRICATION B: COMPONENT (15) (19) (16) (14) (17) (13) (18) (11) (20) (21) (12) (22) (27) (10) (23) (24) (25) (22) (26) (28) (29) LU-02201 Plug (14) Oil pump ASSY (27) Oil level gauge Gasket (15) Oil pressure switch...
  • Page 770 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description LUBRICATION C: CAUTION • Wear appropriate work clothing, including a cap, protective goggles and protective shoes when per- forming any work. • Remove contamination including dirt and corro- sion before removal, installation or disassembly. •...
  • Page 771 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description LUBRICATION D: PREPARATION TOOL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 499977100 CRANK PULLEY Used for stopping rotation of crank pulley when WRENCH loosening and tightening the crank pulley bolt. ST-499977100 18332AA000 OIL FILTER Used for removing and installing oil filter. (Outer WRENCH diameter: 68 mm (2.68 in)) ST18332AA000...
  • Page 772 asieps_tobira.book 36 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 V-belt MECHANICAL 12.V-belt 4) Remove the belt tensioner. A: REMOVAL NOTE: Perform the following procedures with the engine installed to body. 1. FRONT SIDE BELT 1) Remove the V-belt covers. ME-00225 B: INSTALLATION NOTE: Wipe off any oil and water on the belt and pulley. 1.
  • Page 773 asieps_tobira.book 37 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 V-belt MECHANICAL 2. REAR SIDE BELT 1) Install the belt tensioner. 2) Install a V belt, and tighten the slider bolt (B) so as to obtain the specified belt tension. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-37, INSPECTION, V-belt.> 3) Tighten the lock nut (A). Tightening torque: Lock nut (A) 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 17.0 ft-lb)
  • Page 774 asieps_tobira.book 46 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Crank Sprocket MECHANICAL 17.Crank Sprocket A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, REMOVAL, V-belt.> 2) Remove the crank pulley. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 38, REMOVAL, Crank Pulley.> 3) Remove the timing belt cover. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-39, REMOVAL, Timing Belt Cover.>...
  • Page 775 asieps_tobira.book 38 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Crank Pulley MECHANICAL 13.Crank Pulley (3) Apply engine oil to the crank pulley bolt seat and thread. A: REMOVAL (4) Tighten the bolts temporarily with a tighten- 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, ing torque of 44 N·m (4.5 kgf-m, 33 ft-lb). REMOVAL, V-belt.>...
  • Page 776 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Fuel Pressure MECHANICAL 7. Fuel Pressure A: INSPECTION WARNING: Before removing the fuel pressure gauge, re- lease the fuel pressure. 1) Release the fuel pressure. <Ref. to FU(H4SO)-40, RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE, PROCEDURE, Fuel.> 2) Disconnect the fuel delivery hose from fuel damper, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
  • Page 777 asieps_tobira.book 87 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Connecting Rod MECHANICAL 25.Connecting Rod A: SPECIFICATION Refer to “Cylinder Block” for removal and installa- tion procedures of connecting rods. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-61, REMOVAL, Cylinder Block.> <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-66, INSTALLATION, Cylinder Block.> ME(H4SO)-87...
  • Page 778 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Model 2.5 L Horizontally opposed, liquid cooled, 4-cylin- Cylinder arrangement der, 4-stroke gasoline engine Belt driven Valve system mechanism Single overhead camshaft 4 valve cylinder Bore × Stroke mm (in) 99.5 ×...
  • Page 779 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL Belt tension Protrusion of adjuster rod mm (in) 5.2 — 6.2 (0.205 — 0.244) adjuster Spacer O.D. mm (in) 17.955 — 17.975 (0.7069 — 0.7077) Tensioner bushing I.D. mm (in) 18.00 — 18.08 (0.7087 — 0.7118) Belt ten- Clearance between spacer and sioner...
  • Page 780 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 99.505 — 99.515 (3.9175 — 3.9179) Standard 99.495 — 99.505 (3.9171 — 3.9175) Outer diameter mm (in) Piston 0.25 (0.0098) OS 99.745 — 99.765 (3.9270 — 3.9278) 0.50 (0.0197) OS 99.995 — 100.015 (3.9368 — 3.9376) Piston pin specified diameter mm (in) 23.000 —...
  • Page 781 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL B: COMPONENT 1. TIMING BELT (12) (10) (13) (15) (11) (14) ME-02762 Timing belt cover No. 2 (RH) Automatic belt tension adjuster Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) ASSY T1: 5 (0.5, 3.6) Timing belt guide (MT model) Crank sprocket (10) Belt idler No.
  • Page 782 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 2. CYLINDER HEAD AND CAMSHAFT (20) (26) (22) (25) (23) (24) (10) (30) (19) (14) (15) (16) (13) (10) (17) (29) (18) (21) (11) (28) (27) (19) (12) ME-02921 Rocker cover (RH) (17) O-ring (30) Variable valve lift diagnosis oil...
  • Page 783 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 3. VALVE ROCKER ASSEMBLY ME-02691 Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Intake valve rocker arm ASSY Exhaust rocker shaft Valve rocker nut Exhaust valve rocker arm T1: 8 (0.8, 5.9) Valve rocker adjusting screw T2: 9.75 (1.0, 7.2) T3: 25 (2.5, 18.1) ME(H4SO)-7...
  • Page 784 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 4. CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE ASSEMBLY ME-02743 Exhaust valve Valve spring seat Retainer Intake valve Intake valve oil seal Retainer key Valve guide Valve spring Exhaust valve oil seal ME(H4SO)-8...
  • Page 785 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 5. CYLINDER BLOCK (10) (10) (10) (25) (11) (10) (14) (26) (27) (12) (10) (22) (16) (15) (22) (23) (17) (13) (24) (20) (19) (18) ME-02922 Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Oil pressure switch (15) Oil strainer Cylinder block (RH)
  • Page 786 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 6. CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON (10) (11) (13) (11) (12) (11) (14) (10) (17) (16) (15) (15) (16) ME-02793 Flywheel (MT model) Piston pin (15) Crankshaft bearing #1, #3 Reinforcement (AT model) Snap ring (16) Crankshaft bearing #2, #4 Drive plate (AT model)
  • Page 787 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL 7. ENGINE MOUNTING ME-02090 Front cushion rubber Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) T1: 35 (3.6, 25.8) T2: 75 (7.6, 55.3) C: CAUTION • Rotating parts and sliding parts such as piston, bearing and gear should be coated with oil prior to •...
  • Page 788 • CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH (499207100) can also be used. ST18231AA010 18482AA010 CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical system. ST18482AA010 22771AA030 Subaru Select Moni- Troubleshooting for electrical system. tor KIT ST22771AA030 498267800 CYLINDER HEAD • Used for replacing valve guides. TABLE • Used for removing and installing valve spring.
  • Page 789 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 498277200 STOPPER SET Used for installing automatic transmission assembly to engine. ST-498277200 498457000 ENGINE STAND Used with ENGINE STAND (499817100). ADAPTER RH ST-498457000 498457100 ENGINE STAND Used with ENGINE STAND (499817100). ADAPTER LH ST-498457100 498497100...
  • Page 790 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 498857100 VALVE OIL SEAL Used for press-fitting of intake and exhaust valve GUIDE guide oil seals. ST-498857100 499017100 PISTON PIN GUIDE Used for installing piston pin, piston and con- necting rod.
  • Page 791 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 499587700 CAMSHAFT OIL Used for installing cylinder head plug. SEAL INSTALLER ST-499587700 499097700 PISTON PIN Used for removing piston pin. REMOVER ASSY ST-499097700 499497000 Used for removing and installing camshaft cap. ®...
  • Page 792 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 499597100 CRANKSHAFT OIL • Used for installing crankshaft oil seal. SEAL GUIDE • Used with CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLER (499587200). ST-499597100 499718000 VALVE SPRING Used for removing and installing valve spring. REMOVER ST-499718000 499767200...
  • Page 793 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 499767800 VALVE GUIDE Used for installing valve guides. (Exhaust side) ADJUSTER ST-499767800 499817100 ENGINE STAND • Stand used for engine disassembly and assembly. • Used with ENGINE STAND ADAPTER RH (498457000) &...
  • Page 794 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 499987500 CRANKSHAFT Used for rotating crankshaft. SOCKET ST-499987500 42099AE000 CONNECTOR Used for removing the quick connector. REMOVER ST42099AE000 18354AA000 VALVE ROCKER Used for installing the valve rocker assembly HOLDER (intake).
  • Page 795 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description MECHANICAL E: PROCEDURE It is possible to conduct the following service proce- dures with engine on vehicle, however, the proce- dures described in this section are based on the condition that the engine is removed from vehicle. •...
  • Page 796 asieps_tobira.book 47 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Valve Rocker Assembly MECHANICAL 18.Valve Rocker Assembly (2) Remove the bolts (a) through (j) in alphabet- ical sequence. A: REMOVAL NOTE: 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, Leave two or three threads of bolts (i) and (j) en- REMOVAL, V-belt.>...
  • Page 797 asieps_tobira.book 48 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Valve Rocker Assembly MECHANICAL B: INSTALLATION (4) Use the ST to rotate the spring stopper in the direction of the arrow to fasten the adjuster 1) Install the valve rocker assembly. pin. (1) Temporarily tighten the bolts equally in al- ST 18258AA000 SPRING INSTALLER phabetical order as shown in the figure.
  • Page 798 asieps_tobira.book 49 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Valve Rocker Assembly MECHANICAL E: INSPECTION LH side 1. INTAKE VALVE ROCKER ASSEMBLY 1) If the roller or valve contact surface of valve rocker arm is worn or dented excessively, replace the valve rocker assembly. 2) Check that the valve rocker arm roller rotates smoothly.
  • Page 799 asieps_tobira.book 86 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Piston MECHANICAL 24.Piston A: SPECIFICATION Refer to “Cylinder Block” for removal and installa- tion procedures of pistons. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-61, REMOVAL, Cylinder Block.> <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 66, INSTALLATION, Cylinder Block.> ME(H4SO)-86...
  • Page 800 asieps_tobira.book 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL 9. Engine Assembly (2) Rear oxygen sensor connector A: REMOVAL 1) Set the vehicle on a lift. 2) Open the front hood fully and support with the front food stay. 3) Collect the refrigerant from the A/C system. <Ref.
  • Page 801 asieps_tobira.book 29 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL (6) A/C compressor connector (3) Place the power steering pump on the right side wheel apron. 15) Remove the front and center exhaust pipes. <Ref. to EX(H4SO)-4, REMOVAL, Front Exhaust Pipe.> 16) Disconnect the ground cable. 17) Remove the bolts and nuts which hold lower side of transmission to engine.
  • Page 802 asieps_tobira.book 30 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL 20) Remove the pitching stopper. 23) Support the transmission with a garage jack. CAUTION: Doing this is very important because the trans- mission lowers for its own weight. This work is also of great importance for facilitating reinstal- lation.
  • Page 803 asieps_tobira.book 31 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL 26) Remove the engine from vehicle. 7) Attach the pitching stopper. (1) Slightly raise the engine. Tightening torque: (2) Raise the transmission with garage jack. T1: 50 N·m (5.1 kgf-m, 36.9 ft-lb) (3) Move the engine horizontally until main shaft T2: 58 N·m (5.9 kgf-m, 42.8 ft-lb) is withdrawn from clutch cover.
  • Page 804 asieps_tobira.book 32 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL 11) Install the power steering pump. 14) Tighten the nuts which install the front cushion rubber onto crossmember. (1) Install the power steering pump to the brack- et, and tighten the bolts. Tightening torque: Tightening torque: 75 N·m (7.6 kgf-m, 55.3 ft-lb) 22 N·m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 ft-lb)
  • Page 805 asieps_tobira.book 33 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Assembly MECHANICAL 27) Fill engine coolant. <Ref. to CO(H4SO)-12, FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT, REPLACEMENT, Engine Coolant.> 28) Check the ATF level and replenish it if neces- sary. <Ref. to 4AT-26, INSPECTION, Automatic Trans- mission Fluid.> 29) Charge the A/C system with refrigerant.
  • Page 806 asieps_tobira.book 40 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt MECHANICAL 15.Timing Belt A: REMOVAL 1. TIMING BELT 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, REMOVAL, V-belt.> 2) Remove the crank pulley. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 38, REMOVAL, Crank Pulley.> 3) Remove the timing belt cover. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-39, REMOVAL, Timing Belt Cover.>...
  • Page 807 asieps_tobira.book 41 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt MECHANICAL B: INSTALLATION 7) Remove the belt idler No. 2. 1. AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUST- ER ASSEMBLY AND BELT IDLER 1) Preparation for installation of automatic belt ten- sion adjuster assembly. CAUTION: • Always use a vertical type pressing tool to move the adjuster rod down.
  • Page 808 asieps_tobira.book 42 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt MECHANICAL 2) Install the automatic belt tension adjuster as- (2) While aligning the alignment mark (B) on sembly. timing belt with the mark (A) on sprockets, posi- tion the timing belt properly. Tightening torque: 39 N·m (4.0 kgf-m, 28.9 ft-lb) ME-02390 3) Install the belt idler No.
  • Page 809 asieps_tobira.book 43 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt MECHANICAL C: INSPECTION 6) Install the timing belt guide. (MT model) (1) Temporarily tighten the bolts mounting the 1. TIMING BELT timing belt guide. 1) Check the timing belt teeth for breaks, cracks or wear.
  • Page 810 asieps_tobira.book 44 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt MECHANICAL (3) If the adjuster rod is not stiff and moves down, replace the automatic belt tension adjust- er assembly with a new part. CAUTION: • Always use a vertical type pressing tool to move the adjuster rod down.
  • Page 811 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake Manifold Vacuum MECHANICAL 5. Intake Manifold Vacuum A: INSPECTION 1) Warm-up the engine. 2) Disconnect the brake vacuum hose from intake manifold, and then install the vacuum gauge. 3) Keep the engine at idle speed and read the vacuum gauge indication. By observing the gauge needle movement, internal condition of the engine can be diagnosed as described below.
  • Page 812 bp06usen103.fm 54 ページ ２０１０年２月９日　火曜日　午後１時３５分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL 20.Cylinder Head 13) Remove the cylinder head gasket. CAUTION: A: REMOVAL Be careful not to scratch the mating surface of 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, the cylinder block and cylinder head. REMOVAL, V-belt.>...
  • Page 813 bp06usen103.fm 55 ページ ２０１０年２月９日　火曜日　午後１時３５分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL C: DISASSEMBLY (11) Retighten bolts (a) and (b) by 40 — 45°. 1) Place the cylinder head on the ST. CAUTION: ST 498267800 CYLINDER HEAD TABLE Make sure the total “tightening angle” of steps 2) Set the ST on valve spring.
  • Page 814 asieps_tobira.book 56 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL D: ASSEMBLY (11) (12) (10) (13) ME-02718 Valve Retainer (10) Oil seal Valve guide Retainer key (11) Plug Valve spring seat Spark plug gasket (12) Camshaft cap Oil seal Camshaft (13) Valve rocker ASSY Valve spring 1) Installation of valve spring and valve: (4) Set the ST on valve spring.
  • Page 815 asieps_tobira.book 57 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL (5) Compress the valve spring and fit the valve NOTE: spring retainer key. Uneven torque for the cylinder head bolts can cause warping. When reassembling, pay special attention to the torque so as to tighten evenly. ME-02719 (A) Retainer key ME-00285...
  • Page 816 asieps_tobira.book 58 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL 3. VALVE GUIDE (2) Insert the ST2 into valve guide and press it down to remove the valve guide. 1) Check the clearance between valve guide and ST1 498267800 CYLINDER HEAD TABLE stem. The clearance can be checked by measuring ST2 499767200 VALVE GUIDE REMOVER respectively the outer diameter of valve stem with a...
  • Page 817 asieps_tobira.book 59 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL (5) Put a new valve guide, coated with sufficient ST 499767400 VALVE GUIDE REAMER oil, in cylinder, and insert the ST1 into valve guide. Press in until the valve guide upper end is flush with the upper surface of ST2. ST1 499767200 VALVE GUIDE REMOVER Intake side...
  • Page 818 asieps_tobira.book 60 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Head MECHANICAL 6. INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE OIL 2) Put a small amount of grinding compound on the seat surface, and lap the valve seat. SEAL NOTE: In the following case, pinch and remove the oil seal •...
  • Page 819 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Compression MECHANICAL 2. Compression A: INSPECTION CAUTION: After warming-up, engine becomes very hot. Be careful not to burn yourself during measure- ment. 1) After warming-up the engine, turn the ignition switch to OFF. 2) Make sure that the battery is fully charged. 3) Release the fuel pressure.
  • Page 820 asieps_tobira.book 39 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Timing Belt Cover MECHANICAL 14.Timing Belt Cover A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, REMOVAL, V-belt.> 2) Remove the crank pulley. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 38, REMOVAL, Crank Pulley.> 3) Remove the timing belt cover (LH). 4) Remove the front timing belt cover.
  • Page 821 asieps_tobira.book 45 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cam Sprocket MECHANICAL 16.Cam Sprocket B: INSTALLATION 1) Install the cam sprocket No. 1 and No. 2. To lock A: REMOVAL the camshaft, use the ST. 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, ST 18231AA010 CAM SPROCKET WRENCH REMOVAL, V-belt.>...
  • Page 822 asieps_tobira.book 88 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Crankshaft MECHANICAL 26.Crankshaft A: SPECIFICATION Refer to “Cylinder Block” for removal and installa- tion procedures of the crankshaft. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-61, REMOVAL, Cylinder Block.> <Ref. ME(H4SO)-66, INSTALLATION, Cylinder Block.> ME(H4SO)-88...
  • Page 823 asieps_tobira.book 94 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Noise MECHANICAL 28.Engine Noise A: INSPECTION Type of sound Condition Possible cause • Valve mechanism is defective. • Incorrect valve clearance Sound increases as engine Regular clicking sound • Worn valve rocker speed increases. • Worn camshaft •...

  • Page 824: General Description

    asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 EXHAUST EX(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Front Exhaust Pipe ..................4 Center Exhaust Pipe ..................7 Rear Exhaust Pipe ..................8 Muffler ......................10...

  • Page 825: Fuel Line

    asieps_tobira.book 89 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Trouble in General MECHANICAL 27.Engine Trouble in General A: INSPECTION NOTE: “RANK” shown in the chart refers to the possibility of the cause of trouble in order “Very often” to “Rarely” A — Very often B —...

  • Page 826: Air Cleaner Element

    asieps_tobira.book 90 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Trouble in General MECHANICAL Symptoms Problem parts etc. Possible cause RANK 4) Engine stalls after initial Engine control system <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.> combustion. Intake system Loosened or cracked intake duct Loosened or cracked PCV hose Loosened or cracked vacuum hose Defective intake manifold gasket Defective throttle body gasket...

  • Page 827: Cooling System

    asieps_tobira.book 91 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Trouble in General MECHANICAL Symptoms Problem parts etc. Possible cause RANK 3. Low output, hesitation and Engine control system <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.> poor acceleration Intake system Loosened or cracked intake duct Loosened or cracked PCV hose Loosened or cracked vacuum hose Defective intake manifold gasket Defective throttle body gasket...
  • Page 828 asieps_tobira.book 92 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Trouble in General MECHANICAL Symptoms Problem parts etc. Possible cause RANK 5. Engine does not return to Engine control system <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.> idle. Intake system Loosened or cracked vacuum hose Others Stuck or damaged throttle valve 6.
  • Page 829 asieps_tobira.book 93 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Trouble in General MECHANICAL Symptoms Problem parts etc. Possible cause RANK 10. Excessive fuel consump- Engine control system <Ref. to EN(H4SO)(diag)-2, Basic Diagnostic Procedure.> tion Intake system Dirty air cleaner element Belt Defective timing Compression Incorrect valve clearance Loosened spark plug or defective gasket Loosened cylinder head bolt or defective gasket...
  • Page 830 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Valve Clearance MECHANICAL 8. Valve Clearance 10) Set #1 cylinder piston to top dead center of compression stroke by rotating the crank pulley A: INSPECTION clockwise using the socket wrench. CAUTION: NOTE: Inspection and adjustment of valve clearance When the arrow mark (A) on cam sprocket (LH) should be performed while engine is cold.
  • Page 831 asieps_tobira.book 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Valve Clearance MECHANICAL 13) Measure the valve clearance in #3, #2 and #4 2) Adjust the #1 cylinder valve clearance. cylinder in the same measurement procedure as #1 (1) Loosen the valve rocker nut and screw. cylinder.
  • Page 832 asieps_tobira.book 83 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Switching Solenoid Valve MECHANICAL 22.Oil Switching Solenoid Valve 8) Remove the oil switching solenoid valve holder from the cylinder head. A: REMOVAL 1. RH SIDE 1) Disconnect the ground cable from the battery. ME-02726 (A) Oil switching solenoid valve (B) Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch (C) Oil temperature sensor FU-00009...
  • Page 833 asieps_tobira.book 84 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Switching Solenoid Valve MECHANICAL 2. LH SIDE 11) Remove the oil switching solenoid valve holder from the cylinder head. Install in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Use a new gasket. Tightening torque: 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb) 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.4 ft-lb) 17 N·m (1.7 kgf-m, 12.5 ft-lb) ME-02727...
  • Page 834 asieps_tobira.book 85 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Intake and Exhaust Valve MECHANICAL 23.Intake and Exhaust Valve A: SPECIFICATION Refer to “Cylinder Head” for removal and installa- tion procedures of intake and exhaust valves<Ref. to ME(H4SO)-54, REMOVAL, Cylinder Head.> <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-54, INSTALLATION, Cylinder Head.>...
  • Page 835 asieps_tobira.book 61 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 21.Cylinder Block 12) Remove the bolts (a) and (d) to remove cylin- der head. A: REMOVAL NOTE: Before conducting this procedure, drain the engine oil completely. 1) Remove intake manifold. <Ref. FU(H4SO)-11, REMOVAL, Intake Manifold.> 2) Remove the V-belts.
  • Page 836 asieps_tobira.book 62 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 19) Remove the water pump after loosening the 22) Remove the oil pan. bolts in alphabetical sequence as shown in the fig- (1) Place the cylinder block to face the #2 and ure. #4 piston side upward.
  • Page 837 asieps_tobira.book 63 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 27) Remove the water pipe. ME-00300 ME-02407 Service hole plug Snap ring Service hole cover Gasket Piston pin O-ring 28) Remove the service hole cover and service hole plugs using a hexagon wrench [14 mm]. ME-00140 ME(H4SO)-63...
  • Page 838 asieps_tobira.book 64 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 29) Rotate the crankshaft to bring #1 and #2 pis- tons to bottom dead center position, then remove the piston snap ring through service hole of #1 and #2 cylinders. ME-00141 30) Draw out the piston pin from #1 and #2 pistons using ST.
  • Page 839 asieps_tobira.book 65 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 35) Separate the cylinder block (RH) and (LH). NOTE: When separating the cylinder block, do not allow the connecting rod to fall or damage the cylinder block. ME-02408 Cylinder block Crankshaft Piston Rear oil seal Crankshaft bearing 36) Remove the rear oil seal.
  • Page 840 asieps_tobira.book 66 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL B: INSTALLATION ME-02923 Crankshaft bearing Cylinder block O-ring Crankshaft Rear oil seal NOTE: NOTE: Remove oil on the mating surface of bearing and Do not allow liquid gasket to jut into O-ring grooves, cylinder block before installation.
  • Page 841 asieps_tobira.book 67 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 4) Tighten the 10 mm cylinder block connecting 7) Further tighten the RH side bolts (E — J) in al- bolts on LH side (A — D) in alphabetical sequence. phabetical sequence. Tightening torque: Tightening torque: 9.75 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 ft-lb) 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 ft-lb)
  • Page 842 asieps_tobira.book 68 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 10) Tighten the 8 mm and 6 mm cylinder block con- 13) Position the second ring gap at 180° on the re- necting bolts on LH side (A — H) in alphabetical se- verse side the top ring gap.
  • Page 843 asieps_tobira.book 69 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 17) Position the lower rail gap at (G) in the figure. ME-00306 ME-02724 (A) Front side CAUTION: • Make sure ring gaps do not face the same di- CAUTION: rection. Piston front mark faces towards the front of en- •...
  • Page 844 asieps_tobira.book 70 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 19) Install the piston. (5) Apply liquid gasket around the service hole plug. (1) Place the cylinder block to face the #1 and #2 cylinder side upward. Liquid gasket: (2) Using the ST1, turn the crankshaft so that #1 Three bond 1105 (Part No.
  • Page 845 asieps_tobira.book 71 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL (6) Install the service hole plug and gasket. NOTE: Use a new gasket. ME-00140 ME-02394 Piston Service hole plug Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Piston pin Service hole cover T1: 6.4 (0.65, 4.7) T2: 70 (7.1, 50.6) Snap ring O-ring...
  • Page 846 asieps_tobira.book 72 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 21) Install the water pipe. 26) Apply liquid gasket to the mating surfaces and the threaded portion of bolt (A) shown in the figure, Tightening torque: and then install the oil separator cover. 6.4 N·m (0.65 kgf-m, 4.7 ft-lb) Liquid gasket: •...
  • Page 847 asieps_tobira.book 73 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 28) Install the drive plate. (3) Apply a coat of engine oil to the inside of oil seal. To lock the crankshaft, use the ST. ST 498497100 CRANKSHAFT STOPPER Tightening torque: 72 N·m (7.3 kgf-m, 52.8 ft-lb) ME-00312 (4) Install the oil pump to cylinder block.
  • Page 848 asieps_tobira.book 74 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 31) Install the water pump and gasket. Tightening torque: First: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 ft-lb) Second: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 ft-lb) CAUTION: • Be sure to use a new gasket. • When installing the water pump, tighten bolts in two stages in alphabetical sequence as shown in the figure.
  • Page 849 asieps_tobira.book 75 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL C: DISASSEMBLY ME-02411 Connecting rod cap Top ring Oil ring Connecting rod bearing Second ring Snap ring 1) Remove the connecting rod cap. 2) Remove the connecting rod bearing. NOTE: Arrange the removed connecting rod, connecting rod cap and bearing in order, to prevent confusion.
  • Page 850 asieps_tobira.book 76 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL D: ASSEMBLY ME-00392 Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Connecting rod bearing Second ring T: 45 (4.6, 33.3) Connecting rod Top ring Connecting rod cap Snap ring Oil ring Side mark E: INSPECTION 1) Apply oil to the surfaces of the connecting rod bearings.
  • Page 851 asieps_tobira.book 77 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 2. CYLINDER AND PISTON 2) How to measure the inner diameter of each cyl- inder 1) The cylinder bore size is stamped on the cylinder Measure the inner diameter of each cylinder in both block front upper surface.
  • Page 852 asieps_tobira.book 78 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 4) How to measure the outer diameter of each cyl- (2) If the cylinder inner diameter exceeds the inder: limit after boring and honing, replace the cylin- der block. Measure the outer diameter of each piston at the height as shown in the figure.
  • Page 853 asieps_tobira.book 79 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 4) Check the snap ring installation groove (A) on 2) Clean the piston ring groove and piston ring. the piston for burr. If necessary, remove burr from 3) Squarely place the piston ring and oil ring in cyl- the groove so that the piston pin can lightly move.
  • Page 854 asieps_tobira.book 80 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 5. CONNECTING ROD 5) Measure the oil clearance on each connecting rod bearing using plastigauge. If any oil clearance 1) Replace the connecting rod, if the large or small is not within the standard, replace the defective end thrust surface is damaged.
  • Page 855 asieps_tobira.book 81 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL 7) Replacement procedure is as follows. 3) Inspect the crank journal and crank pin for wear. If they are not within the specification, replace the (1) Remove the bushing from connecting rod bearing with a suitable (undersize) one, and re- with ST and press.
  • Page 856 asieps_tobira.book 82 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Cylinder Block MECHANICAL Unit: mm (in) Crank journal outer diameter Crank pin outer diameter #1, #3 #2, #4, #5 59.992 — 60.008 59.992 — 60.008 51.984 — 52.000 Journal O.D. (2.3619 — 2.3625) (2.3619 — 2.3625) (2.0466 —...
  • Page 857 asieps_tobira.book 50 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Camshaft MECHANICAL 19.Camshaft 12) Remove the camshaft cap. (1) Remove the bolts (a) and (b) in alphabetical A: REMOVAL sequence. 1) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, REMOVAL, V-belt.> 2) Remove the crank pulley. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)- 38, REMOVAL, Crank Pulley.>...
  • Page 858 asieps_tobira.book 51 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Camshaft MECHANICAL ® B: INSTALLATION (4) Tighten the TORX bolts (e) through (j) in al- phabetical sequence using the ST. 1) Apply a thin coat of engine oil to camshaft jour- ® ST 499497000 TORX PLUS nals, and install the camshaft.
  • Page 859 asieps_tobira.book 52 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Camshaft MECHANICAL 3) Apply engine oil to the oil seal periphery and oil RH side seal lip, and install the oil seal (A) on camshaft us- ing ST1 and ST2. NOTE: Use a new oil seal. ST1 499597000 OIL SEAL GUIDE ST2 499587500...
  • Page 860 asieps_tobira.book 53 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Camshaft MECHANICAL 11) Install the timing belt cover No. 2 (LH). Unit: mm (in) Tightening torque: Oil clear- Standard 0.055 — 0.090 (0.0022 — 0.0035) 5 N·m (0.5 kgf-m, 3.6 ft-lb) ance 31.928 — 31.945 (1.2570 — Camshaft journal O.D.
  • Page 861 asieps_tobira.book 34 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Mounting MECHANICAL 10.Engine Mounting A: REMOVAL 1) Remove the engine unit. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-28, REMOVAL, Engine Assembly.> 2) Remove the engine mounting from engine as- sembly. B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. Tightening torque: Engine mounting 35 N·m (3.6 kgf-m, 25.8 ft-lb)

  • Page 862: Oil Pressure System

    asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Oil Pressure MECHANICAL 6. Engine Oil Pressure A: INSPECTION 1) Remove the oil pressure switch. <Ref. to LU(H4SO)-18, REMOVAL, Oil Pressure Switch.> 2) Connect the oil pressure gauge to cylinder block. 3) Connect the battery ground cable to the battery. IN-00203 4) Start the engine, and measure the oil pressure.
  • Page 863 asieps_tobira.book 35 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Preparation for Overhaul MECHANICAL 11.Preparation for Overhaul A: PROCEDURE 1) After removing the engine from body, secure it to ST in the following procedure. ST1 498457000 ENGINE STAND ADAPTER ST2 498457100 ENGINE STAND ADAPTER ST3 499817100 ENGINE STAND ME-00221 2) In this section the procedures described under...
  • Page 864 5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to the data link connector. EN-02533 6) Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON. 7) Select {Each System Check} in Main Menu. 8) Select {Engine Contol System} in Selection Menu.
  • Page 865 5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to the data link connector. EN-02533 6) Turn the ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor to ON. 7) Select {Each System Check} in Main Menu. 8) Select {Engine Contol System} in Selection Menu.
  • Page 866 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General LUBRICATION 8. Engine Lubrication System Trouble in General A: INSPECTION Before performing diagnostics, make sure that the engine oil level is correct and no oil leakage exists. Trouble Possible cause Corrective action Cracked diaphragm or oil leakage within switch Replace.
  • Page 867 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Accelerator Pedal ..................3...

  • Page 868: Oil Pressure Switch

    asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Oil Pressure Switch LUBRICATION 6. Oil Pressure Switch B: INSTALLATION 1) Apply liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch A: REMOVAL threads. 1) Remove the generator from the bracket. <Ref. to Liquid gasket: SC(H4SO)-21, REMOVAL, Generator.> Three bond 1324 (Part No.004403042) or 2) Disconnect the terminal from oil pressure switch.
  • Page 869 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Accelerator pedal Stroke At pedal pad 50 — 63 mm (1.97 — 2.48 in) B: COMPONENT SP-02002 Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) Accelerator pedal ASSY Clip Accelerator plate Stopper T: 18 (1.8, 13.0)
  • Page 870 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Accelerator Pedal SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS 2. Accelerator Pedal A: REMOVAL 1) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. 2) Disconnect the connector. 3) Remove the nut securing accelerator pedal as- sembly. SP-02001 B: INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal. Tightening torque: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 ft-lb) C: DISASSEMBLY...
  • Page 871 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Accelerator Pedal SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP(H4SO)-4...
  • Page 872 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 IGNITION IG(H4SO) Page General Description ...................2 Spark Plug ....................4 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly ..............7 Spark Plug Cord ..................8...
  • Page 873 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Item Specification Vehicle model Type Reduction type Model 428000-2300 428000-2290 Manufacturer DENSO Voltage and output 12 V — 1.0 kW 12 V — 1.4 kW Direction of rotation Counterclockwise (when observed from pinion) Number of pinion teeth Voltage...
  • Page 874 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS B: COMPONENT 1. STARTER (13) (14) (12) (11) (10) (15) (27) (26) (25) (21) (24) (20) (23) (22) (19) (18) (17) (16) SC-02108 Front bracket (12) Wave washer (23) Space ring Front bearing (13) Internal gear (24)
  • Page 875 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 2. GENERATOR (13) (12) (11) (10) SC-02109 Pulley nut Bearing (13) Terminal Pulley Starter coil Front cover IC regulator with brush Tightening torque: N·m (kgf-m, ft-lb) T1: 4.7 (0.48, 3.5) Ball bearing (10) Brush T2: 108 (11.0, 80)
  • Page 876 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS C: CAUTION • Wear appropriate work clothing, including a cap, protective goggles and protective shoes when per- forming any work. • Remove contamination including dirt and corro- sion before removal, installation or disassembly. •...
  • Page 877 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 3. Generator 4) Remove the V-belts. <Ref. to ME(H4SO)-36, FRONT SIDE BELT, RE- A: REMOVAL MOVAL, V-belt.> or <Ref. to ME(H4DOTC)-36, 1) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. FRONT SIDE BELT, REMOVAL, V-belt.> <Ref. to ME(H6DO)-32, REMOVAL, V-belt.>...
  • Page 878 asieps_tobira.book 22 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS C: DISASSEMBLY CAUTION: When holding the rotor with a vise, place alumi- 1) Remove the four through-bolts. num plates or wooden pieces on the vise jaws to protect the rotor from damage. SC-00078 2) Use a drier to heat the rear cover (A) portion to SC-00036 50°C (122°F).
  • Page 879 asieps_tobira.book 23 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 6) Using the bearing puller, remove the bearings (2) Disconnect the connection between the IC from the rotor. regulator and rectifier, then remove the IC reg- ulator. SC-00046 SC-00085 7) Disconnect the connection between the rectifier and stator coil, then remove the stator coil.
  • Page 880 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS D: ASSEMBLY (3) Disconnect the connection and remove the brush. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. 1) Pull-out of the brush Before assembling, press the brush down into the brush holder, then fix the brush in that position by inserting a [1 mm (0.08 in) dia., 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2.0 in) long] wire through the hole as shown in the figure.
  • Page 881 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS E: INSPECTION 2. ROTOR 1) Slip ring surface 1. DIODE Inspect the slip rings for contamination or any CAUTION: roughness on the sliding surface. Repair the slip There is the possibility of damaging the diodes ring surface using a lathe or sand paper.
  • Page 882 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Generator STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 3. STATOR 4. BRUSH 1) Continuity test 1) Measure the length of each brush. Replace the brush if wear exceeds service limits. There is a ser- Inspect continuity between the stator coil lead wire vice limit mark (A) on each brush.
  • Page 883 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 2. Starter C: DISASSEMBLY A: REMOVAL 1. STARTER ASSEMBLY 1) Disconnect the ground cable from battery. 1) Loosen the nut which holds terminal M of mag- net switch assembly, and then disconnect the har- ness from terminal.
  • Page 884 asieps_tobira.book 7 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 4) Remove the through-bolts of bolt side, and then 7) Remove the space ring. detach the end frame and armature from yoke as a unit. SC-02045 SC-02042 SC-02046 (A) Snap ring SC-02043 (B) Space ring (A) Yoke (B) Armature 8) Remove the armature from end frame.
  • Page 885 asieps_tobira.book 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 11) Remove the yoke from front bracket. 14) Remove the shaft assembly, overrunning clutch and lever from front bracket as a unit. SC-02049 SC-02052 12) Remove the armature plate from the yoke. (A) Front bracket (B) Lever (C) Shaft ASSY 15) Use the following procedures to remove the...
  • Page 886 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 16) Remove the snap ring. 19) Remove the oilless bearing from shock absorb- er bearing. (1) Set an appropriate tool (φ20 mm) to oilless bearing. (2) Using a press, remove the oilless bearing. SC-02053 17) Remove the shock absorber bearing, wave washer and internal gear from shaft.
  • Page 887 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS D: ASSEMBLY 3) Press-fit the front bearing into front bracket. (1) Set the front bearing into front bracket. 1) Press-fit the rear bearing into end frame. (2) Set an appropriate tool (2.0 mm thickness (1) Set an appropriate tool (φ22 mm) to rear plate) to front bracket, and press-fit the front bearing.
  • Page 888 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 5) Assemble the washer and internal gear to shaft. 8) Install the stopper to shaft as follows: (1) Insert the snap ring into the shaft groove by NOTE: lightly tapping it with an appropriate tool (such Apply grease to the both sides of the shaft spline as a fit socket wrench).
  • Page 889 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS (2) Insert the lever arm into the position on over 11) Install the planetary gear. running clutch as shown in the figure. (1) Apply a grease to the pin (A) and bushing (B). SC-02064 SC-02067 (A) Lever...
  • Page 890 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 12) Assemble the brush assembly to end frame. 14) Set the space ring, then assemble the snap ring. NOTE: NOTE: • Be careful not to allow grease to get on brush. • Align the rubber seal part with end frame groove. •...
  • Page 891 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 16) Assemble the armature plate to yoke. NOTE: • Align the rotation stopper of armature plate with the drive out part of yoke inner circumference. • Be careful of the assembly direction of armature plate.
  • Page 892 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 20) Install the rear cover. SC-02076 SC-02041 (A) Plunger 21) Install the magnet switch assembly to front (B) Plunger spring bracket. (C) Magnet switch (1) Assemble the plunger hook to lever. (3) Tighten the bolt. NOTE: Apply grease to the plunger hook and sleeve inner Tightening torque:...
  • Page 893 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS E: INSPECTION 4) Armature discontinuity test Using a circuit tester, touch one probe to the arma- 1. ARMATURE ture and the other to commutator. If there is no con- tinuity, it is normal. If there is continuity, the 1) Check the commutator for signs of seizure or armature is grounded.
  • Page 894 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 2) Brush movement: 2) Magnet switch continuity test Check that the brush moves smoothly in the brush Be sure there is continuity between the terminals S holder. and M, and between terminal S and ground. Use a circuit tester.
  • Page 895 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 6. SHOCK ABSORBER BEARING CLEAR- 7. REAR BEARING ANCE Check the rear bearing, and replace the rear bear- ing if there are damage, lock or rust. Measure the outside (A) diameter of sliding part for shaft shock absorber bearing.
  • Page 896 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 9. SWITCH ASSEMBLY OPERATION 3) Return test Connect the positive terminal to terminal S and the NOTE: negative terminal to terminal M and starter body to Test period of each test must be within short time (3 pull the pinion gear at the main contact point.
  • Page 897 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Starter STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 1) No-load test With switch on, adjust the variable resistance until the voltage is 11 V, read the value of ammeter to measure rotating speed. Compare these values with the standard. No-load test (Standard): Voltage/Current MT model Max.
  • Page 898 asieps_tobira.book 27 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Battery STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 4. Battery C: INSPECTION WARNING: A: REMOVAL • Electrolyte has toxicity; be careful of han- 1) Disconnect the positive (+) terminal after discon- dling the fluid. necting the negative (–) terminal of battery. •...
  • Page 899 asieps_tobira.book 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Battery STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEMS 3. SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF ELECTROLYTE 1. JUDGMENT OF BATTERY IN CHARGED CONDITION 1) Measure specific gravity of electrolyte using a hydrometer and a thermometer. 1) Specific gravity of electrolyte should be held Specific gravity varies with temperature of electro- within the specific range from 1.250 to 1.290 for lyte so that it must be corrected at 20°C (68°F) us- more than one hour.
  • Page 900 Electrical Component Location ..............8 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ..........17 Engine Condition Data ................21 Data Link Connector ................22 General Scan Tool ...................23 Subaru Select Monitor ................26 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) .............33 Inspection Mode ..................34 Drive Cycle ....................39 Clear Memory Mode .................43 Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode ..........44...
  • Page 901 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description COOLING 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Specifications for SOHC U5 model are the same as the SOHC model. <Ref. to CO(H4SO)-2, General Description.> CO(H4SO U5)-2...
  • Page 902 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 LUBRICATION LU(H4SO U5) Page General Description ...................2...
  • Page 903 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description EMISSION CONTROL (AUX. EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES) 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Removal and installation procedures for SOHC U5 model are the same as the SOHC model. <Ref. to EC(H4SO)-2, General Description.> EC(H4SO U5)-2...
  • Page 904 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 INTAKE (INDUCTION) IN(H4SO U5) Page General Description ...................2...
  • Page 905 asieps_tobira.book 2 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description EXHAUST 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION Removal and installation procedures for SOHC U5 model are the same as the SOHC model. <Ref. to EX(H4SO)-2, General Description.> EX(H4SO U5)-2...
  • Page 906 asieps_tobira.book 1 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 COOLING CO(H4SO U5) Page General Description ...................2...
  • Page 907 Repair the related 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. aru Select Monitor? Repair the trouble parts. 2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or gen- cause. <Ref. to NOTE: eral scan tool to data link connector. EN(H4SO 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
  • Page 908 asieps_tobira.book 3 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Check List for Interview ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. Check List for Interview A: CHECK 1. CHECK LIST No. 1 Check the following item when problem has occurred. NOTE: Use copies of this page for interviewing customers. Customer’s name Engine No.
  • Page 909 asieps_tobira.book 4 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Check List for Interview ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. CHECK LIST No. 2 Check the following item about the vehicle’s state when malfunction indicator light turns on. NOTE: Use copies of this page for interviewing customers. a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. Yes / Low fuel warning light Charge indicator light...
  • Page 910 asieps_tobira.book 5 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 3. General Description 8) Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body side grounding point when measuring voltage and resis- A: CAUTION tance inside the passenger compartment. 1) Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
  • Page 911 asieps_tobira.book 6 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: INSPECTION 12) Observe the following cautions when installing a radio in MFI equipped models. Before performing diagnostics, check the following item which might affect engine problems. CAUTION: • The antenna must be kept as far apart as pos- 1.

  • Page 912: Engine Coolant

    DTC remains at on- board computer. • When troubleshooting the vehicle which com- plies with OBD-II regulations, connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-7...
  • Page 913 8 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Description ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) D: PREPARATION TOOL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 18482AA010 CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical system. ST18482AA010 22771AA030 SUBARU SELECT Troubleshooting for electrical system. MONITOR KIT ST22771AA030 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-8...
  • Page 914 asieps_tobira.book 9 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. Electrical Component Location A: LOCATION 1. ENGINE • Control module EN-03145 Engine control module (ECM) Test mode connector Data link connector Malfunction indicator light CHECK ENGINE EN-01147 EN-03104 EN-02975 AT-01877 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-9...
  • Page 915 asieps_tobira.book 10 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) • Sensor EN-02976 Mass air flow and intake air tem- Engine coolant temperature sen- Knock sensor perature sensor Camshaft position sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Electronic throttle control Crankshaft position sensor EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-10...
  • Page 916 asieps_tobira.book 11 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-02977 EN-01971 EN-02179 EN-01972 EN-00010 EN-00011 EN-00012 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-11...
  • Page 917 asieps_tobira.book 12 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03847 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor Front catalytic converter Rear catalytic converter Rear oxygen sensor EN-03146 Fuel level sensor Fuel tank pressure sensor Fuel sub level sensor Fuel temperature sensor EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-12...
  • Page 918 asieps_tobira.book 13 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03147 EN-03003 EN-03132 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-13...
  • Page 919 asieps_tobira.book 14 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) • Solenoid valve, actuator, emission control system parts and ignition system parts EN-02979 Purge control solenoid valve Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY Fuel injector EGR valve EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-14...
  • Page 920 asieps_tobira.book 15 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-01975 EN-01976 EN-03105 EN-03106 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-15...
  • Page 921 asieps_tobira.book 16 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-04017 Pressure control solenoid valve Drain valve Drain filter Canister EN-02980 EN-02981 EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-16...
  • Page 922 asieps_tobira.book 17 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Electrical Component Location ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) EN-03149 Inhibitor switch Fuel pump relay Radiator sub fan relay Fuel pump Electronic throttle control relay Radiator main fan relay 2 Main relay Radiator main fan relay 1 Starter EN-00178 EN-02093 EN-03150 EN-02095 EN-02096...
  • Page 923 asieps_tobira.book 18 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 5. Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION B135 B136 B137 B134 EN-01812 Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) Signal (+) B134...
  • Page 924 asieps_tobira.book 19 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) Main sen- Fully closed: 1.0 Fully closed: 1.0 B135 — sor signal Fully open: 3.5 Fully open: 3.5 Main power...
  • Page 925 asieps_tobira.book 20 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) ON: 0.5 or less ON: 0.5 or less A/C relay control B136 — OFF: 10 — 13 OFF: 12 —...
  • Page 926 asieps_tobira.book 21 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Control Module (ECM) I/O Signal ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Signal (V) Connector Terminal Description Note Ignition SW ON Engine ON (engine OFF) (idling) 1 or less ←→ 4 or 1 or less ←→ 4 or SSM communication B136 —...
  • Page 927 asieps_tobira.book 22 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Engine Condition Data ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 6. Engine Condition Data A: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Remarks Specification 20 — 41 (%): Idling Engine load 14.72 — 29.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing Measuring condition: • After engine is warmed-up. • Gear position is in “N” or “P” range. •...
  • Page 928 A: NOTE This connector is used for Subaru Select Monitor. CAUTION: Do not connect any scan tools except Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool because the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged. 9 10 11 12 13 EN-00037 Terminal No.
  • Page 929 asieps_tobira.book 24 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 8. General Scan Tool A: OPERATION 1. HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL 1) Prepare a scan tool (general scan tool) required by SAE J1978. 2) Open the cover and connect the general scan tool to the data link connector located in the lower portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 930 asieps_tobira.book 25 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 2. MODE $01 (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA) Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the pow- ertrain system. A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table. Data Unit of measure Number of emission-related powertrain DTC and malfunction indicator light status and diag-...
  • Page 931 asieps_tobira.book 26 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 General Scan Tool ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. MODE $03 (EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DTC) Refer to “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)” for information about data denoting emission-related pow- ertrain DTC. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-73, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> 5.
  • Page 932 1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT MONI- Select Monitor or general scan tool. 5) Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and 1) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-8, PREPARATION TOOL, General Description.>...
  • Page 933 28 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Subaru Select Monitor ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE) 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 934 29 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Subaru Select Monitor ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Remarks Display Unit of measure Note (at idling) Sub acceleration sensor voltage Sub-accelerator Sensor 0.68 V Main acceleration sensor voltage Main-accelerator Sensor 0.68 V Memorized Cruise Memory vehicle speed km/h or MPH...
  • Page 935 Body integrated unit counter update Body Int. Unit Count — Provided Cruise Control Cancel Cruise control cancel switch signal — OFF input (At OFF) Switch NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-30...
  • Page 936 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) A/F sensor #11 — 1.001 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) A/F sensor #11 0.00 mA NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-31...
  • Page 937 Short term fuel trim #11 Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Oxygen sensor #11 Support Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Oxygen sensor #12 Support NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-32...
  • Page 938 33 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Subaru Select Monitor ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 7. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 939 Cancel Switch ON or OFF NOTE: For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. 8. V.I.N. REGISTRATION 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key. 2) On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 940 DTC. A: OPERATION For details concerning DTC, refer to “List of Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO 1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL U5)(diag)-73, List of Diagnostic Trouble Code MODE) (DTC).> 1) On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the NOTE: {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
  • Page 941 asieps_tobira.book 36 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 11.Inspection Mode A: PROCEDURE Perform the diagnosis shown in the following DTC table. When performing the diagnosis not listed in “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”, refer the item on the drive cycle. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-41, Drive Cycle.> Item Condition P0031...
  • Page 942 asieps_tobira.book 37 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Condition P0605 Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error — P0607 Control Module Performance — P0638 Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1) — P0691 Fan 1 Control Circuit Low — P0692 Fan 1 Control Circuit High —...
  • Page 943 [20 — 40 2 (5.3 — 2) Warm-up the engine. 10.6 US gal, 4.4 — 8.8 Imp gal)]. 3) Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. <Ref. to 2) Lift-up the vehicle using a garage jack and place EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-8, PREPARATION TOOL, it on rigid racks, or drive the vehicle onto free roll- General Description.>...
  • Page 944 39 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 7) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link 14) Perform subsequent procedures as instructed connector located in the lower portion of the instru- on the display screen. ment panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 945 asieps_tobira.book 40 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Inspection Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 5) Start the engine. NOTE: • Make sure the select lever is placed in “P” posi- tion before starting. (AT model) • Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine. (MT model) 6) Shift the select lever to “P” range, or place the shift lever to “N”...
  • Page 946 asieps_tobira.book 41 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 12.Drive Cycle A: PROCEDURE For troubleshooting, there are several driving patterns shown below. Driving in the specified pattern allows to diagnose malfunctioning items listed below. After the repair of the following trouble items, be sure to drive the vehicle with the specified drive patterns to check whether the function is resumed correctly.
  • Page 947 asieps_tobira.book 42 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 3. DRIVE CYCLE B (TEN MINUTES IDLING) NOTE: Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more before diagnosis. Item Condition *P0126 Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation — Complete diagnosis for drive *P0171 System Too Lean (Bank 1) cycle A or C...
  • Page 948 asieps_tobira.book 43 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 4. DRIVE CYCLE C (DRIVE ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERN) 96 (60) 65 (40) EN-00195 Idle the engine for 1 minute. Drive the vehicle at 65 km/h (40 Stop vehicle with the throttle fully MPH) for 10 seconds.
  • Page 949 asieps_tobira.book 44 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Drive Cycle ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Condition P1495 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) — P1496 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input) — P1497 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input) —...
  • Page 950 2) With the ignition switch ON, read the engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature and fuel temper- ature. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-28, READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE), OPER- ATION, Subaru Select Monitor.> 3) When the values in step 2) meet the two conditions shown below, start the engine.
  • Page 951 {Clear Memory} and press the [YES] key. 5) When the “Done” and “Turn Ignition Switch OFF” are shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF and then Subaru Select Monitor switch to OFF. NOTE: • Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance.
  • Page 952 47 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 14.Compulsory Valve Operation 5) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instru- Check Mode ment panel (on the driver’s side).
  • Page 953 Pressure Switching Sol. 1 Pressure Switching Sol. 2 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Exhaust Bypass Valve Control Permit Flag Fuel Tank Sensor Control Valve Secondary Air Combination Valve 1 • For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL”. EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-48...
  • Page 954 asieps_tobira.book 49 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 15.Malfunction Indicator Light A: PROCEDURE 1. Activation of malfunction indicator light. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-50, ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT, Malfunction Indicator Light.> ↓ 2. Malfunction indicator light does not come on. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-51, MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light.>...
  • Page 955 asieps_tobira.book 50 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION 3) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of 1 Hz when the diagnosis system detects the misfire INDICATOR LIGHT which might damage the catalyst. 1) When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light (A) in the com- bination meter illuminates.
  • Page 956 asieps_tobira.book 51 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON DIAGNOSIS: The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not come on. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION SWITCH...
  • Page 957 asieps_tobira.book 52 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ECM CONNECTOR. Is the ECM connector correctly Replace the ECM. Repair the con- Check the connection of ECM connector. connected? <Ref. to nection of ECM FU(H4SO)-36, connector. Engine Control Module (ECM).>...
  • Page 958 D: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF DIAGNOSIS: The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Although malfunction indicator light comes on when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru Select Monitor display. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION...
  • Page 959 asieps_tobira.book 54 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK DIAGNOSIS: • The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted. • Test mode connector circuit is open. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Malfunction indicator light does not blink during Inspection Mode. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION BATTERY...
  • Page 960 asieps_tobira.book 55 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDI- Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2. Repair the mal- CATOR LIGHT. light illuminate? function indicator 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. light circuit.
  • Page 961 asieps_tobira.book 56 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING DIAGNOSIS: Test mode connector circuit is shorted. TROUBLE SYMPTOM: Malfunction indicator light blinks when test mode connector is not connected. WIRING DIAGRAM: IGNITION BATTERY SWITCH SBF-6 MAIN SBF No.5...
  • Page 962 asieps_tobira.book 57 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Malfunction Indicator Light ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK TEST MODE CONNECTOR. Does the malfunction indicator Go to step 2. System is normal. 1) Disconnect the test mode connector. light blink? NOTE: 2) Turn the ignition switch to ON. Malfunction indica- light blinks...
  • Page 963 asieps_tobira.book 58 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 16.Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure A: PROCEDURE 1. Check for fuel amount. ↓ 2. Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-59, STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Start- ing Failure.>...
  • Page 964 asieps_tobira.book 59 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT CAUTION: After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)- 46, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-36, PRO- CEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 965 asieps_tobira.book 60 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK BATTERY. Is the voltage more than 12 V? Go to step 2. Charge or replace Check the battery voltage. the battery. CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR. Does the starter motor oper- Go to step 3.
  • Page 966 asieps_tobira.book 61 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK STARTER RELAY. Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 9. Replace the Ω? 1) Connect the battery to starter relay termi- starter relay. nals No. 15 and No. 16. 2) Measure the resistance between starter relay terminals.
  • Page 967 asieps_tobira.book 62 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 18. Replace the clutch Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. switch. 2) Disconnect the connector from clutch switch.
  • Page 968 asieps_tobira.book 63 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MOD- ULE (ECM) CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-46, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.>...
  • Page 969 asieps_tobira.book 64 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK MAIN RELAY. Is the resistance less than 10 Go to step 2. Replace the main Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. relay. 2) Remove the main relay. 3) Connect the battery to main relay terminals No.
  • Page 970 asieps_tobira.book 65 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM CAUTION: After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)- 46, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-36, PRO- CEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 971 asieps_tobira.book 66 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS. Does spark occur at each cyl- Check fuel pump Go to step 2. 1) Remove the plug cord cap from each spark inder? system.
  • Page 972 asieps_tobira.book 67 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG- Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 7. Repair the har- Ω? NITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY ness and connec- CONNECTOR.
  • Page 973 asieps_tobira.book 68 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT CAUTION: After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-46, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)- 36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 974 FUEL INJECTOR NOTE: CIRCUIT, Diag- Fuel pump operation can also be executed us- nostics for Engine ing Subaru Select Monitor. Starting Failure.> Refer to “Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode” for procedures. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-47, Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode.>...
  • Page 975 asieps_tobira.book 70 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 8. Repair the open Ω? FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. circuit of harness 1) Disconnect the connectors from ECM. between ECM and 2) Measure the resistance of harness fuel pump relay...
  • Page 976 asieps_tobira.book 71 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT CAUTION: • Check or repair only faulty parts. • After repairing or replacing the defective part, perform the Clear Memory Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-46, OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode.> and Inspection Mode <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)- 36, PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode.>.
  • Page 977 asieps_tobira.book 72 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJEC- Does the fuel pump emit oper- Check the fuel Go to step 2. TOR. ating sound? pressure. <Ref. to While cranking the engine, check each fuel ME(H4SO)-25, injector emits operating sound.
  • Page 978 asieps_tobira.book 73 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 17.List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) A: LIST Item Index P0026 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-79, DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLE- cuit Range/Performance (Bank 1) NOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 979 asieps_tobira.book 74 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0112 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-119, DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE Circuit Low SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 980 asieps_tobira.book 75 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0182 Fuel Temperature Sensor “A” Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-161, DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR cuit Low Input “A” CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 981 asieps_tobira.book 76 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0448 Evaporative Emission Control Sys- <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-209, DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CON- tem Vent Control Circuit Shorted TROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 982 asieps_tobira.book 77 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P0607 Control Module Performance <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-250, DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFOR- MANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).> P0638 Throttle Actuator Control Range/ <Ref.
  • Page 983 asieps_tobira.book 78 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Item Index P1497 EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Cir- <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-274, DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL cuit Malfunction (High Input) #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diag- nostic Trouble Code (DTC).>...
  • Page 984 asieps_tobira.book 79 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) 18.Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) A: DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (BANK 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition •...
  • Page 985 asieps_tobira.book 80 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-73, List of Diagnostic Trou-...
  • Page 986 asieps_tobira.book 81 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) B: DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PER- FORMANCE (BANK 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-11, DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLE- NOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 987 asieps_tobira.book 82 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Is any other DTC displayed? Check DTC using Go to step 2. “List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)”. <Ref. to EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-73, List of Diagnostic Trou-...
  • Page 988 asieps_tobira.book 83 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) C: DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-11, DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 989 asieps_tobira.book 84 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND Is the resistance less than 1 Go to step 2. Repair the open Ω? FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNEC- circuit of harness TOR.
  • Page 990 B138 B135 : TERMINAL No. OPTIONAL ARRANGEMENT B136 EN-04027 Step Check CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY. Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Are other DTCs displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool? EN(H4SO U5)(diag)-85...
  • Page 991 Is the current more than 0.2 A? Repair the poor 1) Start the engine. contact of connec- 2) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor tor. heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or NOTE: general scan tool. In this case, repair the following item: NOTE: •...
  • Page 992 asieps_tobira.book 87 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) E: DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Immediately at fault recognition • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-15, DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 993 Module (ECM).> connector. 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 994 asieps_tobira.book 89 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) F: DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-17, DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 995 Go to step 2. 1) Start the engine. nector. 2) Read the data of rear oxygen (A/F) sensor NOTE: heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or In this case, repair general scan tool. the following item: • Poor contact of NOTE: •...
  • Page 996 asieps_tobira.book 91 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) Step Check CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Is the resistance less than 30 Repair the har- Replace the rear Ω? 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF. ness and connec- oxygen sensor.
  • Page 997 asieps_tobira.book 92 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) G: DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-19, DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 998 Module (ECM).> 3) Turn the ignition switch to ON. 4) Read the data of rear oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.
  • Page 999 asieps_tobira.book 94 ページ ２００９年１０月２６日　月曜日　午前９時１６分 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS) H: DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION DTC DETECTING CONDITION: • Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION <Ref. to GD(H4SO U5)-21, DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION, Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria.>...
  • Page 1000 3) Turn the A/C switch to OFF. 4) Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. 5) Read the data of intake manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: • Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure, refer to “READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE”.

This manual is also suitable for:

Legacy 2007